summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/20606.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '20606.txt')
-rw-r--r--20606.txt7981
1 files changed, 7981 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/20606.txt b/20606.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..335eb42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20606.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7981 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Magic City, by Edith Nesbit
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Magic City
+
+Author: Edith Nesbit
+
+Illustrator: H. R. Millar
+
+Release Date: February 16, 2007 [EBook #20606]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MAGIC CITY ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Malcolm Farmer and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE MAGIC CITY
+
+BY
+E. NESBIT
+
+AUTHOR OF
+'THE WOULD-BE-GOODS,' 'THE AMULET,' ETC. ETC.
+
+
+WITH ILLUSTRATIONS BY H. R. MILLAR
+
+ MACMILLAN AND CO., LIMITED
+ ST. MARTIN'S STREET, LONDON
+ 1910
+
+
+[Illustration: _Page 328_ _Frontispiece_
+
+Three days later Mr. Noah arrived by elephant.]
+
+
+ TO
+
+ BARBARA, MAURICE,
+
+ AND
+
+ STEPHEN CHANT
+
+ THIS BOOK IS DEDICATED
+
+ BY
+
+ E. NESBIT
+
+ WELL HALL,
+ ELTHAM, KENT, 1910.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+ CHAPTER I PAGE
+ THE BEGINNING 1
+
+ CHAPTER II
+ DELIVERER OR DESTROYER 30
+
+ CHAPTER III
+ LOST 65
+
+ CHAPTER IV
+ THE DRAGON-SLAYER 94
+
+ CHAPTER V
+ ON THE CARPET 131
+
+ CHAPTER VI
+ THE LIONS IN THE DESERT 160
+
+ CHAPTER VII
+ THE DWELLERS BY THE SEA 187
+
+ CHAPTER VIII
+ UPS AND DOWNS 218
+
+ CHAPTER IX
+ ON THE 'LIGHTNING LOOSE' 245
+
+ CHAPTER X
+ THE GREAT SLOTH 272
+
+ CHAPTER XI
+ THE NIGHT ATTACK 302
+
+ CHAPTER XII
+ THE END 318
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+ PAGE
+
+ Three days later Mr. Noah arrived by elephant _Frontispiece_
+
+ 'Lor', ain't it pretty!' said the parlour-maid 17
+
+ Beyond it he could see dim piles that looked like
+ churches and houses 27
+
+ 'Here--I say, wake up, can't you?' 33
+
+ 'Top floor, if you please,' said the gaoler politely 49
+
+ And behind him the clatter of hot pursuit 61
+
+ He heard quite a loud, strong, big voice say, 'That's
+ better' 85
+
+ The gigantic porch lowered frowningly above him 91
+
+ He walked on and on and on 97
+
+ 'Silence, trespasser,' said Mr. Noah, with cold dignity 115
+
+ Then something hard and heavy knocked him over 127
+
+ Mr. Noah whispered ardently, 'Don't!' 139
+
+ So, all down the wide clear floor, Lucy danced 157
+
+ On the top of a very large and wobbly camel 169
+
+ It was heavy work turning the lions over 179
+
+ Slowly they came to the great gate of the castle 193
+
+ 'If your camel's not quite fresh I can mount you both' 199
+
+ They loved looking on 211
+
+ A long procession toiled slowly up it of animals in
+ pairs 223
+
+ Walked straight into the arms of Helen 243
+
+ He induced them to build him a temple of solid gold 261
+
+ Plunged headlong over the edge 269
+
+ The bucket began to go up 281
+
+ Lucy threw herself across the well parapet 287
+
+ And all the while it had to go on turning that handle 299
+
+ Philip felt that it was best to stop the car among the
+ suburban groves of southernwood 307
+
+ They leapt in and disappeared 321
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE BEGINNING
+
+
+Philip Haldane and his sister lived in a little red-roofed house in a
+little red-roofed town. They had a little garden and a little balcony,
+and a little stable with a little pony in it--and a little cart for the
+pony to draw; a little canary hung in a little cage in the little
+bow-window, and the neat little servant kept everything as bright and
+clean as a little new pin.
+
+Philip had no one but his sister, and she had no one but Philip. Their
+parents were dead, and Helen, who was twenty years older than Philip and
+was really his half-sister, was all the mother he had ever known. And he
+had never envied other boys their mothers, because Helen was so kind and
+clever and dear. She gave up almost all her time to him; she taught him
+all the lessons he learned; she played with him, inventing the most
+wonderful new games and adventures. So that every morning when Philip
+woke he knew that he was waking to a new day of joyous and interesting
+happenings. And this went on till Philip was ten years old, and he had
+no least shadow of a doubt that it would go on for ever. The beginning
+of the change came one day when he and Helen had gone for a picnic to
+the wood where the waterfall was, and as they were driving back behind
+the stout old pony, who was so good and quiet that Philip was allowed to
+drive it. They were coming up the last lane before the turning where
+their house was, and Helen said:
+
+'To-morrow we'll weed the aster bed and have tea in the garden.'
+
+'Jolly,' said Philip, and they turned the corner and came in sight of
+their white little garden gate. And a man was coming out of it--a man
+who was not one of the friends they both knew. He turned and came to
+meet them. Helen put her hand on the reins--a thing which she had always
+taught Philip was _never_ done--and the pony stopped. The man, who was,
+as Philip put it to himself, 'tall and tweedy,' came across in front of
+the pony's nose and stood close by the wheel on the side where Helen
+sat. She shook hands with him, and said, 'How do you do?' in quite the
+usual way. But after that they whispered. Whispered! And Philip knew
+how rude it is to whisper, because Helen had often told him this. He
+heard one or two words, 'at last,' and 'over now,' and 'this evening,
+then.'
+
+After that Helen said, 'This is my brother Philip,' and the man shook
+hands with him--across Helen, another thing which Philip knew was not
+manners, and said, 'I hope we shall be the best of friends.' Pip said,
+'How do you do?' because that is the polite thing to say. But inside
+himself he said, 'I don't want to be friends with _you_.'
+
+Then the man took off his hat and walked away, and Philip and his sister
+went home. She seemed different, somehow, and he was sent to bed a
+little earlier than usual, but he could not go to sleep for a long time,
+because he heard the front-door bell ring and afterwards a man's voice
+and Helen's going on and on in the little drawing-room under the room
+which was his bedroom. He went to sleep at last, and when he woke up in
+the morning it was raining, and the sky was grey and miserable. He lost
+his collar-stud, he tore one of his stockings as he pulled it on, he
+pinched his finger in the door, and he dropped his tooth-mug, with water
+in it too, and the mug was broken and the water went into his boots.
+There are mornings, you know, when things happen like that. This was
+one of them.
+
+Then he went down to breakfast, which tasted not quite so nice as usual.
+He was late, of course. The bacon fat was growing grey with waiting for
+him, as Helen said, in the cheerful voice that had always said all the
+things he liked best to hear. But Philip didn't smile. It did not seem
+the sort of morning for smiling, and the grey rain beat against the
+window.
+
+After breakfast Helen said, 'Tea in the garden is indefinitely
+postponed, and it's too wet for lessons.'
+
+That was one of her charming ideas--that wet days should not be made
+worse by lessons.
+
+'What shall we do?' she said; 'shall we talk about the island? Shall I
+make another map of it? And put in all the gardens and fountains and
+swings?'
+
+The island was a favourite play. Somewhere in the warm seas where palm
+trees are, and rainbow-coloured sands, the island was said to be--their
+own island, beautified by their fancy with everything they liked and
+wanted, and Philip was never tired of talking about it. There were times
+when he almost believed that the island was real. He was king of the
+island and Helen was queen, and no one else was to be allowed on it.
+Only these two.
+
+But this morning even the thought of the island failed to charm. Philip
+straggled away to the window and looked out dismally at the soaked lawn
+and the dripping laburnum trees, and the row of raindrops hanging fat
+and full on the iron gate.
+
+'What is it, Pippin?' Helen asked. 'Don't tell me you're going to have
+horrid measles, or red-hot scarlet fever, or noisy whooping-cough.'
+
+She came across and laid her hand on his forehead.
+
+'Why, you're quite hot, boy of my heart. Tell sister, what is it?'
+
+'_You_ tell _me_,' said Philip slowly.
+
+'Tell you what, Pip?'
+
+'You think you ought to bear it alone, like in books, and be noble and
+all that. But you _must_ tell me; you promised you'd never have any
+secrets from me, Helen, you know you did.'
+
+Helen put her arm round him and said nothing. And from her silence Pip
+drew the most desperate and harrowing conclusions. The silence lasted.
+The rain gurgled in the water-pipe and dripped on the ivy. The canary in
+the green cage that hung in the window put its head on one side and
+tweaked a seed husk out into Philip's face, then twittered defiantly.
+But his sister said nothing.
+
+'Don't,' said Philip suddenly, 'don't break it to me; tell me straight
+out.'
+
+'Tell you what?' she said again.
+
+'What is it?' he said. '_I_ know how these unforetold misfortunes
+happen. Some one always comes--and then it's broken to the family.'
+
+'_What_ is?' she asked.
+
+'The misfortune,' said Philip breathlessly. 'Oh, Helen, I'm not a baby.
+Do tell me! Have we lost our money in a burst bank? Or is the landlord
+going to put bailiffs into our furniture? Or are we going to be falsely
+accused about forgery, or being burglars?'
+
+All the books Philip had ever read worked together in his mind to
+produce these melancholy suggestions. Helen laughed, and instantly felt
+a stiffening withdrawal of her brother from her arm.
+
+'No, no, my Pippin, dear,' she made haste to say. 'Nothing horrid like
+that has happened.'
+
+'Then what is it?' he asked, with a growing impatience that felt like a
+wolf gnawing inside him.
+
+'I didn't want to tell you all in a hurry like this,' she said
+anxiously; 'but don't you worry, my boy of boys. It's something that
+makes me very happy. I hope it will you, too.'
+
+He swung round in the circling of her arm and looked at her with sudden
+ecstasy.
+
+'Oh, Helen, dear--I know! Some one has left you a hundred thousand
+pounds a year--some one you once opened a railway-carriage door for--and
+now I can have a pony of my very own to ride. Can't I?'
+
+'Yes,' said Helen slowly, 'you can have a pony; but nobody's left me
+anything. Look here, my Pippin,' she added, very quickly, 'don't ask any
+more questions. I'll tell you. When I was quite little like you I had a
+dear friend I used to play with all day long, and when we grew up we
+were friends still. He lived quite near us. And then he married some one
+else. And then the some one died. And now he wants me to marry him. And
+he's got lots of horses and a beautiful house and park,' she added.
+
+'And where shall I be?' he asked.
+
+'With me, of course, wherever I am.'
+
+'It won't be just us two any more, though,' said Philip, 'and you said
+it should be, for ever and ever.'
+
+'But I didn't know then, Pip, dear. He's been wanting me so long----'
+
+'Don't _I_ want you?' said Pip to himself.
+
+'And he's got a little girl that you'll like so to play with,' she went
+on. 'Her name's Lucy, and she's just a year younger than you. And
+you'll be the greatest friends with her. And you'll both have ponies to
+ride, and----'
+
+'I hate her,' cried Philip, very loud, 'and I hate him, and I hate their
+beastly ponies. And I hate _you_!' And with these dreadful words he
+flung off her arm and rushed out of the room, banging the door after
+him--on purpose.
+
+Well, she found him in the boot-cupboard, among the gaiters and goloshes
+and cricket-stumps and old rackets, and they kissed and cried and hugged
+each other, and he said he was sorry he had been naughty. But in his
+heart that was the only thing he was sorry for. He was sorry that he had
+made Helen unhappy. He still hated 'that man,' and most of all he hated
+Lucy.
+
+He had to be polite to that man. His sister was very fond of that man,
+and this made Philip hate him still more, while at the same time it made
+him careful not to show how he hated him. Also it made him feel that
+hating that man was not quite fair to his sister, whom he loved. But
+there were no feelings of that kind to come in the way of the
+detestation he felt for Lucy. Helen had told him that Lucy had fair hair
+and wore it in two plaits; and he pictured her to himself as a fat,
+stumpy little girl, exactly like the little girl in the story of 'The
+Sugar Bread' in the old oblong 'Shock-Headed Peter' book that had
+belonged to Helen when she was little.
+
+Helen was quite happy. She divided her love between the boy she loved
+and the man she was going to marry, and she believed that they were both
+as happy as she was. The man, whose name was Peter Graham, was happy
+enough; the boy, who was Philip, was amused--for she kept him so--but
+under the amusement he was miserable.
+
+And the wedding-day came and went. And Philip travelled on a very hot
+afternoon by strange trains and a strange carriage to a strange house,
+where he was welcomed by a strange nurse and--Lucy.
+
+'You won't mind going to stay at Peter's beautiful house without me,
+will you, dear?' Helen had asked. 'Every one will be kind to you, and
+you'll have Lucy to play with.'
+
+And Philip said he didn't mind. What else could he say, without being
+naughty and making Helen cry again?
+
+Lucy was not a bit like the Sugar-Bread child. She had fair hair, it is
+true, and it was plaited in two braids, but they were very long and
+straight; she herself was long and lean and had a freckled face and
+bright, jolly eyes.
+
+'I'm so glad you've come,' she said, meeting him on the steps of the
+most beautiful house he had ever seen; 'we can play all sort of things
+now that you can't play when you're only one. I'm an only child,' she
+added, with a sort of melancholy pride. Then she laughed. '"Only" rhymes
+with "lonely," doesn't it?' she said.
+
+'I don't know,' said Philip, with deliberate falseness, for he knew
+quite well.
+
+He said no more.
+
+Lucy tried two or three other beginnings of conversation, but Philip
+contradicted everything she said.
+
+'I'm afraid he's very very stupid,' she said to her nurse, an extremely
+trained nurse, who firmly agreed with her. And when her aunt came to see
+her next day, Lucy said that the little new boy was stupid, and
+disagreeable as well as stupid, and Philip confirmed this opinion of his
+behaviour to such a degree that the aunt, who was young and
+affectionate, had Lucy's clothes packed at once and carried her off for
+a few days' visit.
+
+So Philip and the nurse were left at the Grange. There was nobody else
+in the house but servants. And now Philip began to know what loneliness
+meant. The letters and the picture post-cards which his sister sent
+every day from the odd towns on the continent of Europe, which she
+visited on her honeymoon, did not cheer the boy. They merely
+exasperated him, reminding him of the time when she was all his own, and
+was too near to him to need to send him post-cards and letters.
+
+The extremely trained nurse, who wore a grey uniform and white cap and
+apron, disapproved of Philip to the depths of her well-disciplined
+nature. 'Cantankerous little pig,' she called him to herself.
+
+To the housekeeper she said, 'He is an unusually difficult and
+disagreeable child. I should imagine that his education has been much
+neglected. He wants a tight hand.'
+
+She did not use a tight hand to him, however. She treated him with an
+indifference more annoying than tyranny. He had immense liberty of a
+desolate, empty sort. The great house was his to go to and fro in. But
+he was not allowed to touch anything in it. The garden was his--to
+wander through, but he must not pluck flowers or fruit. He had no
+lessons, it is true; but, then, he had no games either. There was a
+nursery, but he was not imprisoned in it--was not even encouraged to
+spend his time there. He was sent out for walks, and alone, for the park
+was large and safe. And the nursery was the room of all that great house
+that attracted him most, for it was full of toys of the most fascinating
+kind. A rocking-horse as big as a pony, the finest dolls' house you
+ever saw, boxes of tea-things, boxes of bricks--both the wooden and the
+terra-cotta sorts--puzzle maps, dominoes, chessmen, draughts, every kind
+of toy or game that you have ever had or ever wished to have.
+
+And Pip was not allowed to play with any of them.
+
+'You mustn't touch anything, if you please,' the nurse said, with that
+icy politeness which goes with a uniform. 'The toys are Miss Lucy's. No;
+I couldn't be responsible for giving you permission to play with them.
+No; I couldn't think of troubling Miss Lucy by writing to ask her if you
+may play with them. No; I couldn't take upon myself to give you Miss
+Lucy's address.'
+
+For Philip's boredom and his desire had humbled him even to the asking
+for this.
+
+For two whole days he lived at the Grange, hating it and every one in
+it; for the servants took their cue from the nurse, and the child felt
+that in the whole house he had not a friend. Somehow he had got the idea
+firmly in his head that this was a time when Helen was not to be
+bothered about anything; so he wrote to her that he was quite well,
+thank you, and the park was very pretty and Lucy had lots of nice toys.
+He felt very brave and noble, and like a martyr. And he set his teeth
+to bear it all. It was like spending a few days at the dentist's.
+
+And then suddenly everything changed. The nurse got a telegram. A
+brother who had been thought to be drowned at sea had abruptly come
+home. She must go to see him. 'If it costs me the situation,' she said
+to the housekeeper, who answered:
+
+'Oh, well--go, then. I'll be responsible for the boy--sulky little
+brat.'
+
+And the nurse went. In a happy bustle she packed her boxes and went. At
+the last moment Philip, on the doorstep watching her climb into the
+dog-cart, suddenly sprang forward.
+
+'Oh, Nurse!' he cried, blundering against the almost moving wheel, and
+it was the first time he had called her by any name. 'Nurse, do--do say
+I may take Lucy's toys to play with; it _is_ so lonely here. I may,
+mayn't I? I may take them?'
+
+Perhaps the nurse's heart was softened by her own happiness and the
+thought of the brother who was not drowned. Perhaps she was only in such
+a hurry that she did not know what she was saying. At any rate, when
+Philip said for the third time, 'May I take them?' she hastily
+answered:
+
+'Bless the child! Take anything you like. Mind the wheel, for goodness'
+sake. Good-bye, everybody!' waved her hand to the servants assembled at
+the top of the wide steps, and was whirled off to joyous reunion with
+the undrowned brother.
+
+Philip drew a deep breath of satisfaction, went straight up to the
+nursery, took out all the toys, and examined every single one of them.
+It took him all the afternoon.
+
+The next day he looked at all the things again and longed to make
+something with them. He was accustomed to the joy that comes of making
+things. He and Helen had built many a city for the dream island out of
+his own two boxes of bricks and certain other things in the house--her
+Japanese cabinet, the dominoes and chessmen, cardboard boxes, books, the
+lids of kettles and teapots. But they had never had enough bricks. Lucy
+had enough bricks for anything.
+
+He began to build a city on the nursery table. But to build with bricks
+alone is poor work when you have been used to building with all sorts of
+other things.
+
+'It looks like a factory,' said Philip discontentedly. He swept the
+building down and replaced the bricks in their different boxes.
+
+'There must be something downstairs that would come in useful,' he told
+himself, 'and she did say, "Take what you like."'
+
+By armfuls, two and three at a time, he carried down the boxes of bricks
+and the boxes of blocks, the draughts, the chessmen, and the box of
+dominoes. He took them into the long drawing-room where the crystal
+chandeliers were, and the chairs covered in brown holland--and the many
+long, light windows, and the cabinets and tables covered with the most
+interesting things.
+
+He cleared a big writing-table of such useless and unimportant objects
+as blotting-pad, silver inkstand, and red-backed books, and there was a
+clear space for his city.
+
+He began to build.
+
+A bronze Egyptian god on a black and gold cabinet seemed to be looking
+at him from across the room.
+
+'All right,' said Philip. 'I'll build you a temple. You wait a bit.'
+
+The bronze god waited and the temple grew, and two silver candlesticks,
+topped by chessmen, served admirably as pillars for the portico. He made
+a journey to the nursery to fetch the Noah's Ark animals--the pair of
+elephants, each standing on a brick, flanked the entrance. It looked
+splendid, like an Assyrian temple in the pictures Helen had shown him.
+But the bricks, wherever he built with them alone, looked mean, and like
+factories or workhouses. Bricks alone always do.
+
+Philip explored again. He found the library. He made several journeys.
+He brought up twenty-seven volumes bound in white vellum with marbled
+boards, a set of Shakespeare, ten volumes in green morocco. These made
+pillars and cloisters, dark, mysterious, and attractive. More Noah's Ark
+animals added an Egyptian-looking finish to the building.
+
+'Lor', ain't it pretty!' said the parlour-maid, who came to call him to
+tea. 'You are clever with your fingers, Master Philip, I will say that
+for you. But you'll catch it, taking all them things.'
+
+'That grey nurse said I might,' said Philip, 'and it doesn't hurt things
+building with them. My sister and I always did it at home,' he added,
+looking confidingly at the parlour-maid. She had praised his building.
+And it was the first time he had mentioned his sister to any one in that
+house.
+
+'Well, it's as good as a peep-show,' said the parlour-maid; 'it's just
+like them picture post-cards my brother in India sends me. All them
+pillars and domes and things--and the animals too. I don't know how you
+fare to think of such things, that I don't.'
+
+[Illustration: 'Lor', ain't it pretty!' said the parlour-maid.]
+
+Praise is sweet. He slipped his hand into that of the parlour-maid as
+they went down the wide stairs to the hall, where tea awaited him--a
+very little tray on a very big, dark table.
+
+'He's not half a bad child,' said Susan at her tea in the servants'
+quarters. 'That nurse frightened him out of his little wits with her
+prim ways, you may depend. He's civil enough if you speak him civil.'
+
+'But Miss Lucy didn't frighten him, I suppose,' said the cook; 'and look
+how he behaved to her.'
+
+'Well, he's quiet enough, anyhow. You don't hear a breath of him from
+morning till night,' said the upper housemaid; 'seems silly-like to me.'
+
+'You slip in and look what he's been building, that's all,' Susan told
+them. 'You won't call him silly then. India an' pagodas ain't in it.'
+
+They did slip in, all of them, when Philip had gone to bed. The building
+had progressed, though it was not finished.
+
+'I shan't touch a thing,' said Susan. 'Let him have it to play with
+to-morrow. We'll clear it all away before that nurse comes back with her
+caps and her collars and her stuck-up cheek.'
+
+So next day Philip went on with his building. He put everything you can
+think of into it: the dominoes, and the domino-box; bricks and books;
+cotton-reels that he begged from Susan, and a collar-box and some
+cake-tins contributed by the cook. He made steps of the dominoes and a
+terrace of the domino-box. He got bits of southernwood out of the garden
+and stuck them in cotton-reels, which made beautiful pots, and they
+looked like bay trees in tubs. Brass finger-bowls served for domes, and
+the lids of brass kettles and coffee-pots from the oak dresser in the
+hall made minarets of dazzling splendour. Chessmen were useful for
+minarets, too.
+
+'I must have paved paths and a fountain,' said Philip thoughtfully. The
+paths were paved with mother-of-pearl card counters, and the fountain
+was a silver and glass ash-tray, with a needlecase of filigree silver
+rising up from the middle of it; and the falling water was made quite
+nicely out of narrow bits of the silver paper off the chocolate Helen
+had given him at parting. Palm trees were easily made--Helen had shown
+him how to do that--with bits of larch fastened to elder stems with
+plasticine. There was plenty of plasticine among Lucy's toys; there was
+plenty of everything.
+
+And the city grew, till it covered the table. Philip, unwearied, set
+about to make another city on another table. This had for chief feature
+a great water-tower, with a fountain round its base; and now he stopped
+at nothing. He unhooked the crystal drops from the great chandeliers to
+make his fountains. This city was grander than the first. It had a grand
+tower made of a waste-paper basket and an astrologer's tower that was a
+photograph-enlarging machine.
+
+The cities were really very beautiful. I wish I could describe them
+thoroughly to you. But it would take pages and pages. Besides all the
+things I have told of alone there were towers and turrets and grand
+staircases, pagodas and pavilions, canals made bright and water-like by
+strips of silver paper, and a lake with a boat on it. Philip put into
+his buildings all the things out of the doll's house that seemed
+suitable. The wooden things-to-eat and dishes. The leaden tea-cups and
+goblets. He peopled the place with dominoes and pawns. The handsome
+chessmen were used for minarets. He made forts and garrisoned them with
+lead soldiers.
+
+He worked hard and he worked cleverly, and as the cities grew in beauty
+and interestingness he loved them more and more. He was happy now. There
+was no time to be unhappy in.
+
+'I will keep it as it is till Helen comes. How she will _love_ it!' he
+said.
+
+The two cities were connected by a bridge which was a yard-stick he had
+found in the servants' sewing-room and taken without hindrance, for by
+this time all the servants were his friends. Susan had been the
+first--that was all.
+
+He had just laid his bridge in place, and put Mr. and Mrs. Noah in the
+chief square to represent the inhabitants, and was standing rapt in
+admiration of his work, when a hard hand on each of his shoulders made
+him start and scream.
+
+It was the nurse. She had come back a day sooner than any one expected
+her. The brother had brought home a wife, and she and the nurse had not
+liked each other; so she was very cross, and she took Philip by the
+shoulders and shook him, a thing which had never happened to him before.
+
+'You naughty, wicked boy!' she said, still shaking.
+
+'But I haven't hurt anything--I'll put everything back,' he said,
+trembling and very pale.
+
+'You'll not touch any of it again,' said the nurse. 'I'll see to that. I
+shall put everything away myself in the morning. Taking what doesn't
+belong to you!'
+
+'But you said I might take anything I liked,' said Philip, 'so if it's
+wrong it's your fault.'
+
+'You untruthful child!' cried the nurse, and hit him over the knuckles.
+Now, no one had ever hit Philip before. He grew paler than ever, but he
+did not cry, though his hands hurt rather badly. For she had snatched up
+the yard-stick to hit him with, and it was hard and cornery.
+
+'You are a coward,' said Philip, 'and it is you who are untruthful and
+not me.'
+
+'Hold your tongue,' said the nurse, and whirled him off to bed.
+
+'You'll get no supper, so there!' she said, angrily tucking him up.
+
+'I don't want any,' said Philip, 'and I have to forgive you before the
+sun goes down.'
+
+'Forgive, indeed!' said she, flouncing out.
+
+'When you get sorry you'll know I've forgiven you,' Philip called after
+her, which, of course, made her angrier than ever.
+
+Whether Philip cried when he was alone is not our business. Susan, who
+had watched the shaking and the hitting without daring to interfere,
+crept up later with milk and sponge-cakes. She found him asleep, and she
+says his eyelashes were wet.
+
+When he awoke he thought at first that it was morning, the room was so
+light. But presently he saw that it was not yellow sunlight but white
+moonshine which made the beautiful brightness.
+
+He wondered at first why he felt so unhappy, then he remembered how
+Helen had gone away and how hateful the nurse had been. And now she
+would pull down the city and Helen would never see it. And he would
+never be able to build such a beautiful one again. In the morning it
+would be gone, and he would not be able even to remember how it was
+built.
+
+The moonlight was very bright.
+
+'I wonder how my city looks by moonlight?' he said.
+
+And then, all in a thrilling instant, he made up his mind to go down and
+see for himself how it did look.
+
+He slipped on his dressing-gown, opened his door softly, and crept along
+the corridor and down the broad staircase, then along the gallery and
+into the drawing-room. It was very dark, but he felt his way to a window
+and undid the shutter, and there lay his city, flooded with moonlight,
+just as he had imagined it.
+
+He gazed on it for a moment in ecstasy and then turned to shut the door.
+As he did so he felt a slight strange giddiness and stood a moment with
+his hand to his head. He turned and went again towards the city, and
+when he was close to it he gave a little cry, hastily stifled, for fear
+some one should hear him and come down and send him to bed. He stood and
+gazed about him bewildered and, once more, rather giddy. For the city
+had, in a quick blink of light, followed by darkness, disappeared. So
+had the drawing-room. So had the chair that stood close to the table. He
+could see mountainous shapes raising enormous heights in the distance,
+and the moonlight shone on the tops of them. But he himself seemed to be
+in a vast, flat plain. There was the softness of long grass round his
+feet, but there were no trees, no houses, no hedges or fences to break
+the expanse of grass. It seemed darker in some parts than others. That
+was all. It reminded him of the illimitable prairie of which he had read
+in books of adventure.
+
+'I suppose I'm dreaming,' said Philip, 'though I don't see how I can
+have gone to sleep just while I was turning the door handle.
+However----'
+
+He stood still expecting that something would happen. In dreams
+something always does happen, if it's only that the dream comes to an
+end. But nothing happened now--Philip just stood there quite quietly and
+felt the warm soft grass round his ankles.
+
+Then, as his eyes became used to the darkness of the plain, he saw some
+way off a very steep bridge leading up to a dark height on whose summit
+the moon shone whitely. He walked towards it, and as he approached he
+saw that it was less like a bridge than a sort of ladder, and that it
+rose to a giddy height above him. It seemed to rest on a rock far up
+against dark sky, and the inside of the rock seemed hollowed out in one
+vast dark cave.
+
+[Illustration: Beyond it he could see dim piles that looked like
+churches and houses.]
+
+And now he was close to the foot of the ladder. It had no rungs, but
+narrow ledges made hold for feet and hands. Philip remembered Jack and
+the Beanstalk, and looked up longingly; but the ladder was a very very
+long one. On the other hand, it was the only thing that seemed to lead
+anywhere, and he had had enough of standing lonely in the grassy
+prairie, where he seemed to have been for a very long time indeed. So he
+put his hands and feet to the ladder and began to go up. It was a very
+long climb. There were three hundred and eight steps, for he counted
+them. And the steps were only on one side of the ladder, so he had to
+be extremely careful. On he went, up and on, on and up, till his feet
+ached and his hands felt as though they would drop off for tiredness. He
+could not look up far, and he dared not look down at all. There was
+nothing for it but to climb and climb and climb, and at last he saw the
+ground on which the ladder rested--a terrace hewn in regular lines, and,
+as it seemed, hewn from the solid rock. His head was level with the
+ground, now his hands, now his feet. He leaped sideways from the ladder
+and threw himself face down on the ground, which was cold and smooth
+like marble. There he lay, drawing deep breaths of weariness and relief.
+
+There was a great silence all about, which rested and soothed, and
+presently he rose and looked around him. He was close to an archway with
+very thick pillars, and he went towards it and peeped cautiously in. It
+seemed to be a great gate leading to an open space, and beyond it he
+could see dim piles that looked like churches and houses. But all was
+deserted; the moonlight and he had the place, whatever it was, to
+themselves.
+
+'I suppose every one's in bed,' said Philip, and stood there trembling a
+little, but very curious and interested, in the black shadow of the
+strange arch.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+DELIVERER OR DESTROYER
+
+
+Philip stood in the shadow of the dark arch and looked out. He saw
+before him a great square surrounded by tall irregular buildings. In the
+middle was a fountain whose waters, silver in the moonlight, rose and
+fell with gentle plashing sound. A tall tree, close to the archway, cast
+the shadow of its trunk across the path--a broad black bar. He listened,
+listened, listened, but there was nothing to listen to, except the deep
+night silence and the changing soft sound the fountain made.
+
+His eyes, growing accustomed to the dimness, showed him that he was
+under a heavy domed roof supported on large square pillars--to the right
+and left stood dark doors, shut fast.
+
+'I will explore these doors by daylight,' he said. He did not feel
+exactly frightened. But he did not feel exactly brave either. But he
+wished and intended to be brave, so he said, 'I will explore these
+doors. At least I think I will,' he added, for one must not only be
+brave but truthful.
+
+And then suddenly he felt very sleepy. He leaned against the wall, and
+presently it seemed that sitting down would be less trouble, and then
+that lying down would be more truly comfortable. A bell from very very
+far away sounded the hour, twelve. Philip counted up to nine, but he
+missed the tenth bell-beat, and the eleventh and the twelfth as well,
+because he was fast asleep cuddled up warmly in the thick quilted
+dressing-gown that Helen had made him last winter. He dreamed that
+everything was as it used to be before That Man came and changed
+everything and took Helen away. He was in his own little bed in his own
+little room in their own little house, and Helen had come to call him.
+He could see the sunlight through his closed eyelids--he was keeping
+them closed just for the fun of hearing her try to wake him, and
+presently he would tell her he had been awake all the time, and they
+would laugh together about it. And then he awoke, and he was not in his
+soft bed at home but on the hard floor of a big, strange gate-house, and
+it was not Helen who was shaking him and saying, 'Here--I say, wake up,
+can't you,' but a tall man in a red coat; and the light that dazzled his
+eyes was not from the sun at all, but from a horn lantern which the man
+was holding close to his face.
+
+'What's the matter?' said Philip sleepily.
+
+'That's the question,' said the man in red. 'Come along to the
+guard-room and give an account of yourself, you young shaver.'
+
+He took Philip's ear gently but firmly between a very hard finger and
+thumb.
+
+'Leave go,' said Philip, 'I'm not going to run away.' And he stood up
+feeling very brave.
+
+The man shifted his hold from ear to shoulder and led Philip through one
+of those doors which he had thought of exploring by daylight. It was not
+daylight yet, and the room, large and bare, with an arch at each end and
+narrow little windows at the sides, was lighted by horn lanterns and
+tall tapers in pewter candlesticks. It seemed to Philip that the room
+was full of soldiers.
+
+Their captain, with a good deal of gold about him and a very smart black
+moustache, got up from a bench.
+
+'Look what I've caught, sir,' said the man who owned the hand on
+Philip's shoulder.
+
+'Humph,' said the captain, 'so it's really happened at last.'
+
+[Illustration: 'Here--I say, wake up, can't you?']
+
+'What has?' said Philip.
+
+'Why, you have,' said the captain. 'Don't be frightened, little man.'
+
+'I'm not frightened,' said Philip, and added politely, 'I should be so
+much obliged if you'd tell me what you mean.' He added something which
+he had heard people say when they asked the way to the market or the
+public gardens, 'I'm quite a stranger here,' he said.
+
+A jolly roar of laughter went up from the red-coats.
+
+'It isn't manners to laugh at strangers,' said Philip.
+
+'Mind your own manners,' said the captain sharply; 'in this country
+little boys speak when they're spoken to. Stranger, eh? Well, we knew
+that, you know!'
+
+Philip, though he felt snubbed, yet felt grand too. Here he was in the
+middle of an adventure with grown-up soldiers. He threw out his chest
+and tried to look manly.
+
+The captain sat down in a chair at the end of a long table, drew a black
+book to him--a black book covered with dust--and began to rub a rusty
+pen-nib on his sword, which was not rusty.
+
+'Come now,' he said, opening the book, 'tell me how you came here. And
+mind you speak the truth.'
+
+'I _always_ speak the truth,' said Philip proudly.
+
+All the soldiers rose and saluted him with looks of deep surprise and
+respect.
+
+'Well, nearly always,' said Philip, hot to the ears, and the soldiers
+clattered stiffly down again on to the benches, laughing once more.
+Philip had imagined there to be more discipline in the army.
+
+'How did you come here?' said the captain.
+
+'Up the great bridge staircase,' said Philip.
+
+The captain wrote busily in the book.
+
+'What did you come for?'
+
+'I didn't know what else to do. There was nothing but illimitable
+prairie--and so I came up.'
+
+'You are a very bold boy,' said the captain.
+
+'Thank you,' said Philip. 'I do _want_ to be.'
+
+'What was your purpose in coming?'
+
+'I didn't do it on purpose--I just happened to come.'
+
+The captain wrote that down too. And then he and Philip and the soldiers
+looked at each other in silence.
+
+'Well?' said the boy.
+
+'Well?' said the captain.
+
+'I do wish,' said the boy, 'you'd tell me what you meant by my really
+happening after all. And then I wish you'd tell me the way home.'
+
+'Where do you want to get to?' asked the captain.
+
+'The _address_,' said Philip, 'is The Grange, Ravelsham, Sussex.'
+
+'Don't know it,' said the captain briefly, 'and anyhow you can't go back
+there now. Didn't you read the notice at the top of the ladder?
+Trespassers will be prosecuted. You've got to be prosecuted before
+you can go back anywhere.'
+
+'I'd rather be persecuted than go down that ladder again,' he said.
+'I suppose it won't be very bad--being persecuted, I mean?'
+
+His idea of persecution was derived from books. He thought it
+to be something vaguely unpleasant from which one escaped in
+disguise--adventurous and always successful.
+
+'That's for the judges to decide,' said the captain, 'it's a serious
+thing trespassing in our city. This guard is put here expressly to
+prevent it.'
+
+'Do you have many trespassers?' Philip asked. The captain seemed kind,
+and Philip had a great-uncle who was a judge, so the word judges made
+him think of tips and good advice, rather than of justice and
+punishment.
+
+'Many trespassers indeed!' the captain almost snorted his answer.
+'That's just it. There's never been one before. You're the first. For
+years and years and years there's been a guard here, because when the
+town was first built the astrologers foretold that some day there would
+be a trespasser who would do untold mischief. So it's our
+privilege--we're the Polistopolitan guards--to keep watch over the only
+way by which a trespasser could come in.'
+
+'May I sit down?' said Philip suddenly, and the soldiers made room for
+him on the bench.
+
+'My father and my grandfather and all my ancestors were in the guards,'
+said the captain proudly. 'It's a very great honour.'
+
+'I wonder,' said Philip, 'why you don't cut off the end of your
+ladder--the top end I mean; then nobody could come up.'
+
+'That would never do,' said the captain, 'because, you see, there's
+another prophecy. The great deliverer is to come that way.'
+
+'Couldn't I,' suggested Philip shyly, 'couldn't I be the deliverer
+instead of the trespasser? I'd much rather, you know.'
+
+'I daresay you would,' said the captain; 'but people can't be deliverers
+just because they'd much rather, you know.'
+
+'And isn't any one to come up the ladder bridge except just those two?'
+
+'We don't know; that's just it. You know what prophecies are.'
+
+'I'm afraid I don't--exactly.'
+
+'So vague and mixed up, I mean. The one I'm telling you about goes
+something like this.
+
+ Who comes up the ladder stair?
+ Beware, beware,
+ Steely eyes and copper hair
+ Strife and grief and pain to bear
+ All come up the ladder stair.
+
+You see we can't tell whether that means one person or a lot of people
+with steely eyes and copper hair.'
+
+'My hair's just plain boy-colour,' said Philip; 'my sister says so, and
+my eyes are blue, I believe.'
+
+'I can't see in this light;' the captain leaned his elbows on the table
+and looked earnestly in the boy's eyes. 'No, I can't see. The other
+prophecy goes:
+
+ From down and down and very far down
+ The king shall come to take his own;
+ He shall deliver the Magic town,
+ And all that he made shall be his own.
+ Beware, take care. Beware, prepare,
+ The king shall come by the ladder stair.
+
+'How jolly,' said Philip; 'I love poetry. Do you know any more?'
+
+'There are heaps of prophecies of course,' said the captain; 'the
+astrologers must do _something_ to earn their pay. There's rather a nice
+one:
+
+ Every night when the bright stars blink
+ The guards shall turn out, and have a drink
+ As the clock strikes two.
+ And every night when no stars are seen
+ The guards shall drink in their own canteen
+ When the clock strikes two.
+
+To-night there aren't any stars, so we have the drinks served here. It's
+less trouble than going across the square to the canteen, and the
+principle's the same. Principle is the great thing with a prophecy, my
+boy.'
+
+'Yes,' said Philip. And then the far-away bell beat again. One, two. And
+outside was a light patter of feet.
+
+A soldier rose--saluted his officer and threw open the door. There was a
+moment's pause; Philip expected some one to come in with a tray and
+glasses, as they did at his great-uncle's when gentlemen were suddenly
+thirsty at times that were not meal-times.
+
+But instead, after a moment's pause, a dozen greyhounds stepped daintily
+in on their padded cat-like feet; and round the neck of each dog was
+slung a roundish thing that looked like one of the little barrels which
+St. Bernard dogs wear round their necks in the pictures. And when these
+were loosened and laid on the table Philip was charmed to see that the
+roundish things were not barrels but cocoa-nuts.
+
+The soldiers reached down some pewter pots from a high shelf--pierced
+the cocoa-nuts with their bayonets and poured out the cocoa-nut milk.
+They all had drinks, so the prophecy came true, and what is more they
+gave Philip a drink as well. It was delicious, and there was as much of
+it as he wanted. I have never had as much cocoa-nut milk as I wanted.
+Have you?
+
+Then the hollow cocoa-nuts were tied on to the dogs' necks again and out
+they went, slim and beautiful, two by two, wagging their slender tails,
+in the most amiable and orderly way.
+
+'They take the cocoa-nuts to the town kitchen,' said the captain, 'to be
+made into cocoa-nut ice for the army breakfast; waste not want not, you
+know. We don't waste anything here, my boy.' Philip had quite got over
+his snubbing. He now felt that the captain was talking with him as man
+to man. Helen had gone away and left him; well, he was learning to do
+without Helen. And he had got away from the Grange, and Lucy, and that
+nurse. He was a man among men. And then, just as he was feeling most
+manly and important, and quite equal to facing any number of judges,
+there came a little tap at the door of the guard-room, and a very little
+voice said:
+
+'Oh, do please let me come in.'
+
+Then the door opened slowly.
+
+'Well, come in, whoever you are,' said the captain. And the person who
+came in was--Lucy. Lucy, whom Philip thought he had got rid of--Lucy,
+who stood for the new hateful life to which Helen had left him. Lucy, in
+her serge skirt and jersey, with her little sleek fair pig-tails, and
+that anxious 'I-wish-we-could-be-friends' smile of hers. Philip was
+furious. It was too bad.
+
+'And who is this?' the captain was saying kindly.
+
+'It's me--it's Lucy,' she said. 'I came up with _him_.'
+
+She pointed to Philip. 'No manners,' thought Philip in bitterness.
+
+'No, you didn't,' he said shortly.
+
+'I did--I was close behind you when you were climbing the ladder bridge.
+And I've been waiting alone ever since, when you were asleep and all. I
+_knew_ he'd be cross when he knew I'd come,' she explained to the
+soldiers.
+
+'I'm _not_ cross,' said Philip very crossly indeed, but the captain
+signed to him to be silent. Then Lucy was questioned and her answers
+written in the book, and when that was done the captain said:
+
+'So this little girl is a friend of yours?'
+
+'No, she isn't,' said Philip violently; 'she's not my friend, and she
+never will be. I've seen her, that's all, and I don't want to see her
+again.'
+
+'You _are_ unkind,' said Lucy.
+
+And then there was a grave silence, most unpleasant to Philip. The
+soldiers, he perceived, now looked coldly at him. It was all Lucy's
+fault. What did she want to come shoving in for, spoiling everything?
+Any one but a girl would have known that a guard-room wasn't the right
+place for a girl. He frowned and said nothing. Lucy had smuggled up
+against the captain's knee, and he was stroking her hair.
+
+'Poor little woman,' he said. 'You must go to sleep now, so as to be
+rested before you go to the Hall of Justice in the morning.'
+
+They made Lucy a bed of soldiers' cloaks laid on a bench; and bearskins
+are the best of pillows. Philip had a soldier's cloak and a bench, and a
+bearskin too--but what was the good? Everything was spoiled. If Lucy had
+not come the guard-room as a sleeping-place would have been almost as
+good as the tented field. But she _had_ come, and the guard-room was no
+better now than any old night-nursery. And how had she known? How had
+she come? How had she made her way to that illimitable prairie where he
+had found the mysterious beginning of the ladder bridge? He went to
+sleep a bunched-up lump of prickly discontent and suppressed fury.
+
+When he woke it was bright daylight, and a soldier was saying, 'Wake up,
+Trespassers. Breakfast----'
+
+'How jolly,' thought Philip, 'to be having military breakfast.' Then he
+remembered Lucy, and hated her being there, and felt once more that she
+had spoiled everything.
+
+I should not, myself, care for a breakfast of cocoa-nut ice, peppermint
+creams, apples, bread and butter and sweet milk. But the soldiers seemed
+to enjoy it. And it would have exactly suited Philip if he had not seen
+that Lucy was enjoying it too.
+
+'I do hate greedy girls,' he told himself, for he was now in that state
+of black rage when you hate everything the person you are angry with
+does or says or is.
+
+And now it was time to start for the Hall of Justice. The guard formed
+outside, and Philip noticed that each soldier stood on a sort of green
+mat. When the order to march was given, each soldier quickly and
+expertly rolled up his green mat and put it under his arm. And whenever
+they stopped, because of the crowd, each soldier unrolled his green mat,
+and stood on it till it was time to go on again. And they had to stop
+several times, for the crowd was very thick in the great squares and in
+the narrow streets of the city. It was a wonderful crowd. There were men
+and women and children in every sort of dress. Italian, Spanish,
+Russian; French peasants in blue blouses and wooden shoes, workmen in
+the dress English working people wore a hundred years ago. Norwegians,
+Swedes, Swiss, Turks, Greeks, Indians, Arabians, Chinese, Japanese,
+besides Red Indians in dresses of skins, and Scots in kilts and
+sporrans. Philip did not know what nation most of the dresses belonged
+to--to him it was a brilliant patchwork of gold and gay colours. It
+reminded him of the fancy-dress party he had once been to with Helen,
+when he wore a Pierrot's dress and felt very silly in it. He noticed
+that not a single boy in all that crowd was dressed as he was--in what
+he thought was the only correct dress for boys. Lucy walked beside him.
+Once, just after they started, she said, 'Aren't you frightened,
+Philip?' and he would not answer, though he longed to say, 'Of course
+not. It's only girls who are afraid.' But he thought it would be more
+disagreeable to say nothing, so he said it.
+
+When they got to the Hall of Justice, she caught hold of his hand, and
+said:
+
+'Oh!' very loud and sudden, 'doesn't it remind you of anything?' she
+asked.
+
+Philip pulled his hand away and said 'No' before he remembered that he
+had decided not to speak to her. And the 'No' was quite untrue, for the
+building did remind him of something, though he couldn't have told you
+what.
+
+The prisoners and their guard passed through a great arch between
+magnificent silver pillars, and along a vast corridor, lined with
+soldiers who all saluted.
+
+'Do all sorts of soldiers salute you?' he asked the captain, 'or only
+just your own ones?'
+
+'It's _you_ they're saluting,' the captain said; 'our laws tell us to
+salute all prisoners out of respect for their misfortunes.'
+
+The judge sat on a high bronze throne with colossal bronze dragons on
+each side of it, and wide shallow steps of ivory, black and white.
+
+Two attendants spread a round mat on the top of the steps in front of
+the judge--a yellow mat it was, and very thick, and he stood up and
+saluted the prisoners. ('Because of your misfortunes,' the captain
+whispered.)
+
+The judge wore a bright yellow robe with a green girdle, and he had no
+wig, but a very odd-shaped hat, which he kept on all the time.
+
+The trial did not last long, and the captain said very little, and the
+judge still less, while the prisoners were not allowed to speak at all.
+The judge looked up something in a book, and consulted in a low voice
+with the crown lawyer and a sour-faced person in black. Then he put on
+his spectacles and said:
+
+'Prisoners at the bar, you are found guilty of trespass. The punishment
+is Death--if the judge does not like the prisoners. If he does not
+dislike them it is imprisonment for life, or until the judge has had
+time to think it over. Remove the prisoners.'
+
+'Oh, _don't_!' cried Philip, almost weeping.
+
+'I thought you weren't afraid,' whispered Lucy.
+
+'Silence in court,' said the judge.
+
+Then Philip and Lucy were removed.
+
+They were marched by streets quite different from those they had come
+by, and at last in the corner of a square they came to a large house
+that was quite black.
+
+'Here we are,' said the captain kindly. 'Good-bye. Better luck next
+time.'
+
+The gaoler, a gentleman in black velvet, with a ruff and a pointed
+beard, came out and welcomed them cordially.
+
+'How do you do, my dears?' he said. 'I hope you'll be comfortable here.
+First-class misdemeanants, I suppose?' he asked.
+
+'Of course,' said the captain.
+
+'Top floor, if you please,' said the gaoler politely, and stood back to
+let the children pass. 'Turn to the left and up the stairs.'
+
+[Illustration: 'Top floor, if you please,' said the gaoler politely.]
+
+The stairs were dark and went on and on, and round and round, and up and
+up. At the very top was a big room, simply furnished with a table,
+chairs, and a rocking-horse. Who wants more furniture than that?
+
+'You've got the best view in the whole city,' said the gaoler, 'and
+you'll be company for me. What? They gave me the post of gaoler because
+it's nice, light, gentlemanly work, and leaves me time for my writing.
+I'm a literary man, you know. But I've sometimes found it a trifle
+lonely. You're the first prisoners I've ever had, you see. If you'll
+excuse me I'll go and order some dinner for you. You'll be contented
+with the feast of reason and the flow of soul, I feel certain.'
+
+The moment the door had closed on the gaoler's black back Philip turned
+on Lucy.
+
+'I hope you're satisfied,' he said bitterly. 'This is all _your_ doing.
+They'd have let me off if you hadn't been here. What on earth did you
+want to come here for? Why did you come running after me like that?
+You know I don't like you?'
+
+'You're the hatefullest, disagreeablest, horridest boy in all the
+world,' said Lucy firmly--'there!'
+
+Philip had not expected this. He met it as well as he could.
+
+'I'm not a little sneak of a white mouse squeezing in where I'm not
+wanted, anyhow,' he said.
+
+And then they stood looking at each other, breathing quickly, both of
+them.
+
+'I'd rather be a white mouse than a cruel bully,' said Lucy at last.
+
+'I'm not a bully,' said Philip.
+
+Then there was another silence. Lucy sniffed. Philip looked round the
+bare room, and suddenly it came to him that he and Lucy were companions
+in misfortune, no matter whose fault it was that they were imprisoned.
+So he said:
+
+'Look here, I don't like you and I shan't pretend I do. But I'll call it
+Pax for the present if you like. We've got to escape from this place
+somehow, and I'll help you if you like, and you may help me if you can.'
+
+'Thank you,' said Lucy, in a tone which might have meant anything.
+
+'So we'll call it Pax and see if we can escape by the window. There
+might be ivy--or a faithful page with a rope ladder. Have you a page at
+the Grange?'
+
+'There's two stable-boys,' said Lucy, 'but I don't think they're
+faithful, and I say, I think all this is much more magic than you
+think.'
+
+'Of course I know it's magic,' said he impatiently; 'but it's quite real
+too.'
+
+'Oh, it's real enough,' said she.
+
+They leaned out of the window. Alas, there was no ivy. Their window was
+very high up, and the wall outside, when they touched it with their
+hand, felt smooth as glass.
+
+'_That's_ no go,' said he, and the two leaned still farther out of the
+window looking down on the town. There were strong towers and fine
+minarets and palaces, the palm trees and fountains and gardens. A white
+building across the square looked strangely familiar. Could it be like
+St. Paul's which Philip had been taken to see when he was very little,
+and which he had never been able to remember? No, he could not remember
+it even now. The two prisoners looked out in a long silence. Far below
+lay the city, its trees softly waving in the breeze, flowers shining in
+a bright many-coloured patchwork, the canals that intersected the big
+squares gleamed in the sunlight, and crossing and recrossing the
+squares and streets were the people of the town, coming and going about
+their business.
+
+'Look here!' said Lucy suddenly, 'do you mean to say you don't know?'
+
+'Know what?' he asked impatiently.
+
+'Where we are. What it is. Don't you?'
+
+'No. No more do you.'
+
+'Haven't you seen it all before?'
+
+'No, of course I haven't. No more have you.'
+
+'All right. I _have_ seen it before though,' said Lucy, 'and so have
+you. But I shan't tell you what it is unless you'll be nice to me.' Her
+tone was a little sad, but quite firm.
+
+'I _am_ nice to you. I told you it was Pax,' said Philip. 'Tell me what
+you think it is.'
+
+'I don't mean that sort of grandish standoffish Pax, but real Pax. Oh,
+don't be so horrid, Philip. I'm dying to tell you--but I won't if you go
+on being like you are.'
+
+'_I'm_ all right,' said Philip; 'out with it.'
+
+'No. You've got to say it's Pax, and I will stand by you till we get out
+of this, and I'll always act like a noble friend to you, and I'll try my
+best to like you. Of course if you can't like me you can't, but you
+ought to try. Say it after me, won't you?'
+
+Her tone was so kind and persuading that he found himself saying after
+her, 'I, Philip, agree to try and like you, Lucy, and to stand by you
+till we're out of this, and always to act the part of a noble friend to
+you. And it's real Pax. Shake hands.'
+
+'Now then,' said he when they had shaken hands, and Lucy uttered these
+words:
+
+'Don't you see? It's your own city that we're in, your own city that you
+built on the tables in the drawing-room? It's all got big by magic, so
+that we could get in. Look,' she pointed out of the window, 'see that
+great golden dome, that's one of the brass finger-bowls, and that white
+building's my old model of St. Paul's. And there's Buckingham Palace
+over there, with the carved squirrel on the top, and the chessmen, and
+the blue and white china pepper-pots; and the building we're in is the
+black Japanese cabinet.'
+
+Philip looked and he saw that what she said was true. It _was_ his city.
+
+'But I didn't build insides to my buildings,' said he; 'and when did
+_you_ see what I built anyway?'
+
+'The insides are part of the magic, I suppose,' Lucy said; 'and I saw
+the cities you built when Auntie brought me home last night, after you'd
+been sent to bed. And I did love them. And oh, Philip, I'm so glad it's
+Pax because I do think you're so _frightfully_ clever, and Auntie
+thought so too, building those beautiful things. And I knew nurse was
+going to pull it all down. I begged her not to, but she was addymant,
+and so I got up and dressed and came down to have another look by
+moonlight. And one or two of the bricks and chessmen had fallen down. I
+expect nurse knocked them down. So I built them up again as well as I
+could--and I was loving it all like anything; and then the door opened
+and I hid under the table, and you came in.'
+
+'Then you were there--did you notice how the magic began?'
+
+'No, but it all changed to grass; and then I saw you a long way off,
+going up a ladder. And so I went after you. But I didn't let you see me.
+I knew you'd be so cross. And then I looked in at the guard-room door,
+and I did so want some of the cocoa-nut milk.'
+
+'When did you find out it was _my_ city?'
+
+'I thought the soldiers looked like my lead ones somehow. But I wasn't
+sure till I saw the judge. Why he's just old Noah, out of the Ark.'
+
+'So he is,' cried Philip; 'how wonderful! How perfectly wonderful! I
+wish we weren't prisoners. Wouldn't it be jolly to go all over it--into
+all the buildings, to see what the insides of them have turned into?
+And all the other people. I didn't put _them_ in.'
+
+'That's more magic, I expect. But--Oh, we shall find it all out in
+time.'
+
+She clapped her hands. And on the instant the door opened and the gaoler
+appeared.
+
+'A visitor for you,' he said, and stood aside to let some one else come
+in, some one tall and thin, with a black hooded cloak and a black
+half-mask, such as people wear at carnival time.
+
+When the gaoler had shut the door and gone away the tall figure took off
+its mask and let fall its cloak, showing to the surprised but
+recognising eyes of the children the well-known shape of Mr. Noah--the
+judge.
+
+'How do you do?' he said. 'This is a little unofficial visit. I hope I
+haven't come at an inconvenient time.'
+
+'We're very glad,' said Lucy, 'because you can tell us----'
+
+'I won't answer questions,' said Mr. Noah, sitting down stiffly on his
+yellow mat, 'but I will tell you something. We don't know who you are.
+But I myself think that you may be the Deliverer.'
+
+'Both of us,' said Philip jealously.
+
+'One or both. You see the prophecy says that the Destroyer's hair is
+red. And your hair is not red. But before I could get the populace to
+feel sure of, that my own hair would be grey with thought and argument.
+Some people are so wooden-headed. And I am not used to thinking. I don't
+often have to do it. It distresses me.'
+
+The children said they were sorry. Philip added:
+
+'Do tell us a little about your city. It isn't a question. We want to
+know if it's magic. That isn't a question either.'
+
+'I was about to tell you,' said Mr. Noah, 'and I will not answer
+questions. Of course it is magic. Everything in the world is magic,
+until you understand it.
+
+'And as to the city. I will just tell you a little of our history. Many
+thousand years ago all the cities of our country were built by a great
+and powerful giant, who brought the materials from far and wide. The
+place was peopled partly by persons of his choice, and partly by a sort
+of self-acting magic rather difficult to explain. As soon as the cities
+were built and the inhabitants placed here the life of the city began,
+and it was, to those who lived it, as though it had always been. The
+artisans toiled, the musicians played, and the poets sang. The
+astrologers, finding themselves in a tall tower evidently designed for
+such a purpose, began to observe the stars and to prophesy.'
+
+'I know that part,' said Philip.
+
+'Very well,' said the judge. 'Then you know quite enough. Now I want to
+ask a little favour of you both. Would you mind escaping?'
+
+'If we only could,' Lucy sighed.
+
+'The strain on my nerves is too much,' said Mr. Noah feelingly. 'Escape,
+my dear children, to please me, a very old man in indifferent health and
+poor spirits.'
+
+'But how----'
+
+'Oh, you just walk out. You, my boy, can disguise yourself in your
+dressing-gown which I see has been placed on yonder chair, and I will
+leave my cloak for you, little girl.'
+
+They both said 'Thank you,' and Lucy added: 'But _how_?'
+
+'Through the door,' said the judge. 'There is a rule about putting
+prisoners on their honour not to escape, but there have not been any
+prisoners for so long that I don't suppose they put you on honour. No?
+You can just walk out of the door. There are many charitable persons in
+the city who will help to conceal you. The front-door key turns easily,
+and I myself will oil it as I go out. Good-bye--thank you so much for
+falling in with my little idea. Accept an old man's blessing. Only
+don't tell the gaoler. He would never forgive me.'
+
+He got off his mat, rolled it up and went.
+
+'Well!' said Lucy.
+
+'Well!' said Philip.
+
+'I suppose we go?' he said. But Lucy said, 'What about the gaoler? Won't
+he catch it if we bolt?'
+
+Philip felt this might be true. It was annoying, and as bad as being put
+on one's honour.
+
+'Bother!' was what he said.
+
+And then the gaoler came in. He looked pale and worried.
+
+'I am so awfully sorry,' he began. 'I thought I should enjoy having you
+here, but my nerves are all anyhow. The very sound of your voices. I
+can't write a line. My brain reels. I wonder whether you'd be good
+enough to do a little thing for me? Would you mind escaping?'
+
+'But won't you get into trouble?'
+
+'Nothing could be worse than this,' said the gaoler, with feeling. 'I
+had no idea that children's voices were so penetrating. Go, go. I
+implore you to escape. Only don't tell the judge. I am sure he would
+never forgive me.'
+
+After that, what prisoner would not immediately have escaped?
+
+The two children only waited till the sound of the gaoler's keys had
+died away on the stairs, to open their door, run down the many steps and
+slip out of the prison gate. They walked a little way in silence. There
+were plenty of people about, but no one seemed to notice them.
+
+'Which way shall we go?' Lucy asked. 'I wish we'd asked him where the
+Charitables live.'
+
+'I think,' Philip began; but Lucy was not destined to know what he
+thought.
+
+There was a sudden shout, a clattering of horses' hoofs, and all the
+faces in the square turned their way.
+
+'They've seen us,' cried Philip. 'Run, run, run!'
+
+He himself ran, and he ran toward the gate-house that stood at the top
+of the ladder stairs by which they had come up, and behind him came the
+shouting and clatter of hot pursuit. The captain stood in the gateway
+alone, and just as Philip reached the gate the captain turned into the
+guard-room and pretended not to see anything. Philip had never run so
+far or so fast. His breath came in deep sobs; but he reached the ladder
+and began quickly to go down. It was easier than going up.
+
+[Illustration: And behind him the clatter of hot pursuit.]
+
+He was nearly at the bottom when the whole ladder bridge leapt wildly
+into the air, and he fell from it and rolled in the thick grass of that
+illimitable prairie.
+
+All about him the air was filled with great sounds, like the noise of
+the earthquakes that destroy beautiful big palaces, and factories which
+are big but not beautiful. It was deafening, it was endless, it was
+unbearable.
+
+Yet he had to bear that, and more. And now he felt a curious swelling
+sensation in his hands, then in his head--then all over. It was
+extremely painful. He rolled over in his agony, and saw the foot of an
+enormous giant quite close to him. The foot had a large, flat, ugly
+shoe, and seemed to come out of grey, low-hanging, swaying curtains.
+There was a gigantic column too, black against the grey. The ladder
+bridge, cast down, lay on the ground not far from him.
+
+Pain and fear overcame Philip, and he ceased to hear or feel or know
+anything.
+
+When he recovered consciousness he found himself under the table in the
+drawing-room. The swelling feeling was over, and he did not seem to be
+more than his proper size.
+
+He could see the flat feet of the nurse and the lower part of her grey
+skirt, and a rattling and rumbling on the table above told him that she
+was doing as she had said she would, and destroying his city. He saw
+also a black column which was the leg of the table. Every now and then
+the nurse walked away to put back into its proper place something he had
+used in the building. And once she stood on a chair, and he heard the
+tinkling of the lustre-drops as she hooked them into their places on the
+chandelier.
+
+'If I lie very still,' said he, 'perhaps she won't see me. But I do
+wonder how I got here. And what a dream to tell Helen about!'
+
+He lay very still. The nurse did not see him. And when she had gone to
+her breakfast Philip crawled out.
+
+Yes, the city was gone. Not a trace of it. The very tables were back in
+their proper places.
+
+Philip went back to his proper place, which, of course, was bed.
+
+'What a splendid dream,' he said, as he cuddled down between the sheets,
+'and now it's all over!'
+
+Of course he was quite wrong.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+LOST
+
+
+Philip went to sleep, and dreamed that he was at home again and that
+Helen had come to his bedside to call him, leading a white pony that was
+to be his very own. It was a pony that looked clever enough for
+anything, and he was not surprised when it shook hands with him; but
+when it said, 'Well, we must be moving,' and began to try to put on
+Philip's shoes and stockings, Philip called out, 'Here, I say, stop
+that,' and awoke to a room full of sunshine, but empty of ponies.
+
+'Oh, well,' said Philip, 'I suppose I'd better get up.' He looked at his
+new silver watch, one of Helen's parting presents, and saw that it
+marked ten o'clock.
+
+'I say, you know,' said he to the watch, 'you can't be right.' And he
+shook it to encourage it to think over the matter. But the watch still
+said 'ten' quite plainly and unmistakably.
+
+Now the Grange breakfast time was at eight. And Philip was certain he
+had not been called.
+
+'This is jolly rum,' he remarked. 'It must be the watch. Perhaps it's
+stopped.'
+
+But it hadn't stopped. Therefore it must be two hours past breakfast
+time. The moment he had thought this he became extremely hungry. He got
+out of bed as soon as he knew exactly how hungry he was.
+
+There was no one about, so he made his way to the bath-room and spent a
+happy hour with the hot water and the cold water, and the brown Windsor
+soap and the shaving soap and the nail brush and the flesh brush and the
+loofahs and the shower bath and the three sponges. He had not, so far,
+been able thoroughly to investigate and enjoy all these things. But now
+there was no one to interfere, and he enjoyed himself to that degree
+that he quite forgot to wonder why he hadn't been called. He thought of
+a piece of poetry that Helen had made for him, about the bath; and when
+he had done playing he lay on his back in water that was very hot
+indeed, trying to remember the poetry. The water was very nearly cold by
+the time he had remembered the poetry. It was called Dreams of a Giant
+Life, and this was it.
+
+
+DREAMS OF A GIANT LIFE
+
+ What was I once--in ages long ago?
+ I look back, and I see myself. We grow
+ So changed through changing years, I hardly see
+ How that which I look back on could be me?[1]
+
+ Glorious and splendid, giant-like I stood
+ On a white cliff, topped by a darkling wood.
+ Below me, placid, bright and sparkling, lay
+ The equal waters of a lovely bay.
+ White cliffs surrounded it--and calm and fair
+ It lay asleep, in warm and silent air.
+
+ I stood alone--naked and strong, upright
+ My limbs gleamed in the clear pure golden light.
+ I saw below me all the water lie
+ Expecting something, and that thing was I.[2]
+
+ I leaned, I plunged, the waves splashed over me.
+ I lay, a giant in a little sea.
+
+ White cliffs all round, wood-crowned, and as I lay
+ I saw the glories of the dying day;
+ No wind disturbed my sea; the sunlight was
+ As though it came through windows of gold glass.
+ The white cliffs rose above me, and around
+ The clear sea lay, pure, perfect and profound;
+ And I was master of the cliffs, the sea,
+ And the gold light that brightened over me.
+
+ Far miles away my giant feet showed plain,
+ Rising, like rocks out of the quiet main.
+ On them a lighthouse could be built, to show
+ Wayfaring ships the way they must not go.
+
+ I was the master of that cliff-girt sea.
+ I splashed my hands, the waves went over me,
+ And in the dimples of my body lay
+ Little rock-pools, where small sea-beasts might play.
+
+ I found a boat, its deck was perforate;
+ I launched it, and it dared the storms of fate.
+ Its woollen sail stood out against the sky,
+ Supported by a mast of ivory.
+
+ Another boat rode proudly to my hand,
+ Upon its deck a thousand spears did stand;
+ I launched it, and it sped full fierce and fast
+ Against the boat that had the ivory mast
+ And woollen sail and perforated deck.
+ The two went down in one stupendous wreck!
+
+ Beneath the waves I chased with joyous hand
+ Upon the bed of an imagined sand
+ The slippery brown sea mouse, that still escaped,
+ Where the deep cave beneath my knee was shaped.
+ Caught it at last and caged it into rest
+ Upon the shallows of my submerged breast.
+
+ Then, as I lay, wrapped as in some kind arm
+ By the sweet world of waters soft and warm,
+ A great voice cried, from some far unseen shore,
+ And I was not a giant any more.
+
+ 'Come out, come out,' cried out the voice of power,
+ 'You've been in for a quarter of an hour.
+ The water's cold--come, Master Pip--your head
+ 'S all wet, and it is time you were in bed.'
+
+ I rose all dripping from the magic sea
+ And left the ships that had been slaves to me--
+ The soap-dish, with its perforated deck,
+ The nail-brush, that had rushed to loss and wreck,
+ The flannel sail, the tooth-brush that was mast,
+ The sleek soap-mouse--I left them all at last.
+
+ I went out of that magic sea and cried
+ Because the time came when I must be dried
+ And leave the splendour of a giant's joy
+ And go to bed--a little well-washed boy.
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[1] Never mind grammar.
+
+[2] This is correct grammar, but never mind.
+
+
+When he had quite remembered the poetry he had another shower-bath, and
+then when he had enjoyed the hot rough towels out of the hot cupboard he
+went back to his room to dress. He now felt how deeply he wanted his
+breakfast, so he dressed himself with all possible speed, even
+forgetting to fasten his bootlaces properly. He was in such a hurry that
+he dropped his collar-stud, and it was as he stooped to pick it up that
+he remembered his dream. Do you know that was really the first time he
+had thought of it. The dream--that indeed would be something to think
+about.
+
+Breakfast was the really important thing. He went down very hungry
+indeed. 'I shall ask for my breakfast directly I get down,' he said. 'I
+shall ask the first person I meet.' And he met no one.
+
+There was no one on the stairs, or in the hall, or in the dining-room,
+or in the drawing-room. The library and billiard-room were empty of
+living people, and the door of the nursery was locked. So then Philip
+made his way into the regions beyond the baize door, where the servants'
+quarters were. And there was no one in the kitchen, or in the servants'
+hall, or in the butler's pantry, or in the scullery, or the washhouse,
+or the larder. In all that big house, and it was much bigger than it
+looked from the front because of the long wings that ran out on each
+side of its back--in all that big house there was no one but Philip. He
+felt certain of this before he ran upstairs and looked in all the
+bedrooms and in the little picture gallery and the music-room, and then
+in the servants' bedrooms and the very attics. There were interesting
+things in those attics, but Philip only remembered that afterwards. Now
+he tore down the stairs three at a time. All the room doors were open as
+he had left them, and somehow those open doors frightened him more than
+anything else. He ran along the corridors, down more stairs, past more
+open doors and out through the back kitchen, along the moss-grown walk
+by the brick wall and so round by the three yew trees and the mounting
+block to the stable-yard. And there was no one there. Neither coachman
+nor groom nor stable-boys. And there was no one in the stables, or the
+coach-house, or the harness-room, or the loft.
+
+Philip felt that he could not go back into the house. Something terrible
+must have happened. Was it possible that any one could want the Grange
+servants enough to kidnap them? Philip thought of the nurse and felt
+that, at least as far as she was concerned, it was _not_ possible. Or
+perhaps it was magic! A sort of Sleeping-Beauty happening! Only every
+one had vanished instead of just being put to sleep for a hundred years.
+
+He was alone in the middle of the stable-yard when the thought came to
+him.
+
+'Perhaps they're only made invisible. Perhaps they're all here and
+watching me and making fun of me.'
+
+He stood still to think this. It was not a pleasant thought.
+
+Suddenly he straightened his little back, and threw back his head.
+
+'They shan't see I'm frightened anyway,' he told himself. And then he
+remembered the larder.
+
+'I haven't had any breakfast,' he explained aloud, so as to be plainly
+heard by any invisible people who might be about. 'I ought to have my
+breakfast. If nobody gives it to me I shall take my breakfast.'
+
+He waited for an answer. But none came. It was very quiet in the
+stable-yard. Only the rattle of a halter ring against a manger, the
+sound of a hoof on stable stones, the cooing of pigeons and the rustle
+of straw in the loose-box broke the silence.
+
+'Very well,' said Philip. 'I don't know what _you_ think I ought to have
+for breakfast, so I shall take what _I_ think.'
+
+He drew a long breath, trying to draw courage in with it, threw back his
+shoulders more soldierly than ever, and marched in through the back door
+and straight to the larder. Then he took what he thought he ought to
+have for breakfast. This is what he thought:
+
+ 1 cherry pie,
+ 2 custards in cups,
+ 1 cold sausage,
+ 2 pieces of cold toast,
+ 1 piece of cheese,
+ 2 lemon cheese-cakes,
+ 1 small jam tart (there was only one left),
+ Butter, 1 pat.
+
+'What jolly things the servants have to eat,' he said. 'I never knew. I
+thought that nothing but mutton and rice grew here.'
+
+He put all the food on a silver tray and carried it out on to the
+terrace, which lies between the two wings at the back of the house. Then
+he went back for milk, but there was none to be seen so he got a white
+jug full of water. The spoons he couldn't find, but he found a
+carving-fork and a fish-slice. Did you ever try to eat cherry pie with a
+fish-slice?
+
+'Whatever's happened,' said Philip to himself, through the cherry pie,
+'and whatever happens it's as well to have had your breakfast.' And he
+bit a generous inch off the cold sausage which he had speared with the
+carving-fork.
+
+And now, sitting out in the good sunshine, and growing less and less
+hungry as he plied fish-slice and carving-fork, his mind went back to
+his dream, which began to seem more and more real. Suppose it really
+_had_ happened? It might have; magic things did happen, it seemed. Look
+how all the people had vanished out of the house--out of the world too,
+perhaps.
+
+'Suppose every one's vanished,' said Philip. 'Suppose I'm the only
+person left in the world who hasn't vanished. Then everything in the
+world would belong to me. Then I could have everything that's in all the
+toy shops.' And his mind for a moment dwelt fondly on this beautiful
+idea.
+
+Then he went on. 'But suppose I vanished too? Perhaps if I were to
+vanish I could see the other people who have. I wonder how it's done.'
+
+He held his breath and tried hard to vanish. Have you ever tried this?
+It is not at all easy to do. Philip could not do it at all. He held his
+breath and he tried and he tried, but he only felt fatter and fatter and
+more and more as though in one more moment he should burst. So he let
+his breath go.
+
+'No,' he said, looking at his hands; 'I'm not any more invisible than I
+was before. Not so much I think,' he added thoughtfully, looking at what
+was left of the cherry pie. 'But that dream----'
+
+He plunged deep in the remembrance of it that was, to him, like swimming
+in the waters of a fairy lake.
+
+He was hooked out of his lake suddenly by voices. It was like waking up.
+There, away across the green park beyond the sunk fence, were people
+coming.
+
+'So every one hasn't vanished,' he said, caught up the tray and took it
+in. He hid it under the pantry shelf. He didn't know who the people were
+who were coming and you can't be too careful. Then he went out and made
+himself small in the shadow of a red buttress, heard their voices coming
+nearer and nearer. They were all talking at once, in that quick
+interested way that makes you certain something unusual has happened.
+
+He could not hear exactly what they were saying, but he caught the
+words: 'No.'
+
+'Of course I've asked.'
+
+'Police.'
+
+'Telegram.'
+
+'Yes, of course.'
+
+'Better make quite sure.'
+
+Then every one began speaking all at once, and you could not hear
+anything that anybody said. Philip was too busy keeping behind the
+buttress to see who they were who were talking. He was glad _something_
+had happened.
+
+'Now I shall have something to think about besides the nurse and my
+beautiful city that she has pulled down.'
+
+But what was it that had happened? He hoped nobody was hurt--or had done
+anything wrong. The word police had always made him uncomfortable ever
+since he had seen a boy no bigger than himself pulled along the road by
+a very large policeman. The boy had stolen a loaf, Philip was told.
+Philip could never forget that boy's face; he always thought of it in
+church when it said 'prisoners and captives,' and still more when it
+said 'desolate and oppressed.'
+
+'I do hope it's not _that_,' he said.
+
+And slowly he got himself to leave the shelter of the red-brick buttress
+and to follow to the house those voices and those footsteps that had
+gone by him.
+
+He followed the sound of them to the kitchen. The cook was there in
+tears and a Windsor arm-chair. The kitchenmaid, her cap all on one side,
+was crying down most dirty cheeks. The coachman was there, very red in
+the face, and the groom, without his gaiters. The nurse was there, neat
+as ever she seemed at first, but Philip was delighted when a more
+careful inspection showed him that there was mud on her large shoes and
+on the bottom of her skirt, and that her dress had a large
+three-cornered tear in it.
+
+'I wouldn't have had it happen for a twenty-pun note,' the coachman was
+saying.
+
+'George,' said the nurse to the groom, 'you go and get a horse ready.
+I'll write the telegram.'
+
+'You'd best take Peppermint,' said the coachman. 'She's the fastest.'
+
+The groom went out, saying under his breath, 'Teach your grandmother,'
+which Philip thought rude and unmeaning.
+
+Philip was standing unnoticed by the door. He felt that thrill--if it
+isn't pleasure it is more like it than anything else--which we all feel
+when something real has happened.
+
+But what _had_ happened. What?
+
+'I wish I'd never come back,' said the nurse. 'Then nobody could pretend
+it was _my_ fault.'
+
+'It don't matter what they pretend,' the cook stopped crying to say.
+'The thing is what's happened. Oh, my goodness. I'd rather have been
+turned away without a character than have had this happen.'
+
+'And I'd rather _any_thing,' said the nurse. 'Oh, my goodness me. I wish
+I'd never been born.'
+
+And then and there, before the astonished eyes of Philip, she began to
+behave as any nice person might--she began to cry.
+
+'It wouldn't have happened,' said the cook, 'if the master hadn't been
+away. He's a Justice of the Peace, he is, and a terror to gipsies. It
+wouldn't never have happened if----'
+
+Philip could not bear it any longer.
+
+'_What_ wouldn't have happened if?' he asked, startling everybody to a
+quick jump of surprise.
+
+The nurse stopped crying and turned to look at him.
+
+'Oh, _you_!' she said slowly. 'I forgot _you_. You want your breakfast,
+I suppose, no matter what's happened?'
+
+'No, I don't,' said Philip, with extreme truth. 'I want to know what
+_has_ happened?'
+
+'Miss Lucy's lost,' said the cook heavily, 'that's what's happened. So
+now you know. You run along and play, like a good little boy, and don't
+make extry trouble for us in the trouble we're in.'
+
+'Lost?' repeated Philip.
+
+'Yes, lost. I expect you're glad,' said the nurse, 'the way you treated
+her. You hold your tongue and don't let me so much as hear you breathe
+the next twenty-four hours. I'll go and write that telegram.'
+
+Philip thought it best not to let any one hear him breathe. By this
+means he heard the telegram when nurse read it aloud to the cook.
+
+ 'Peter Graham, Esq.,
+ Hotel Wagram,
+ Brussels.
+
+ Miss Lucy lost. Please come home immediately.
+
+ PHILKINS.
+
+That's all right, isn't it?'
+
+'I don't see why you sign it Philkins. You're only the nurse--I'm the
+head of the house when the family's away, and my name's Bobson,' the
+cook said.
+
+There was a sound of torn paper.
+
+'There--the paper's tore. I'd just as soon your name went to it,' said
+the nurse. 'I don't want to be the one to tell such news.'
+
+'Oh, my good gracious, what a thing to happen,' sighed the cook. 'Poor
+little darling!'
+
+Then somebody wrote the telegram again, and the nurse took it out to
+the stable-yard, where Peppermint was already saddled.
+
+'I thought,' said Philip, bold in the nurse's absence, 'I thought Lucy
+was with her aunt.'
+
+'She came back yesterday,' said the cook. 'Yes, after you'd gone to bed.
+And this morning that nurse went into the night nursery and she wasn't
+there. Her bed all empty and cold, and her clothes gone. Though how the
+gipsies could have got in without waking that nurse is a mystery to me
+and ever will be. She must sleep like a pig.'
+
+'Or the seven sleepers,' said the coachman.
+
+'But what would gipsies want her _for_?' Philip asked.
+
+'What do they ever want anybody for?' retorted the cook. 'Look at the
+heirs that's been stolen. I don't suppose there's a titled family in
+England but what's had its heir stolen, one time and another.'
+
+'I suppose you've looked all over the house,' said Philip.
+
+'I suppose we ain't deaf and dumb and blind and silly,' said the cook.
+'Here's that nurse. You be off, Mr. Philip, without you want a flea in
+your ear.'
+
+And Philip, at the word, _was_ off. He went into the long drawing-room,
+and shut the door. Then he got the ivory chessmen out of the Buhl
+cabinet, and set them out on that delightful chess-table whose chequers
+are of mother-of-pearl and ivory, and tried to play a game, right hand
+against left. But right hand, who was white, and so moved first, always
+won. He gave up after awhile, and put the chessmen away in their proper
+places. Then he got out the big book of photographs of pictures, but
+they did not seem interesting, so he tried the ivory spellicans. But his
+hand shook, and you know spellicans is a game you can't play when your
+hand shakes. And all the time, behind the chess and the pictures and the
+spellicans, he was trying not to think about his dream, about how he had
+climbed that ladder stair, which was really the yard-stick, and gone
+into the cities that he had built on the tables. Somehow he did not want
+to remember it. The very idea of remembering made him feel guilty and
+wretched.
+
+He went and looked out of the window, and as he stood there his wish not
+to remember the dream made his boots restless, and in their shuffling
+his right boot kicked against something hard that lay in the folds of
+the blue brocade curtain.
+
+He looked down, stooped, and picked up little Mr. Noah. The nurse must
+have dropt it there when she cleared away the city.
+
+And as he looked upon those wooden features it suddenly became
+impossible not to think of the dream. He let the remembrance of it come,
+and it came in a flood. And with it the remembrance of what he had done.
+He had promised to be Lucy's noble friend, and they had run together to
+escape from the galloping soldiers. And he had run faster than she. And
+at the top of the ladder--the ladder of safety--_he had not waited for
+her_.
+
+'Any old hero would have waited for her, and let her go first,' he told
+himself. 'Any gentleman would--even any _man_--let alone a hero. And I
+just bunked down the ladder and forgot her. I _left_ her there.'
+
+Remorse stirred his boots more ungently than before.
+
+'But it was only a dream,' he said. And then remorse said, as he had
+felt all along that it would if he only gave it a chance:
+
+'But suppose it wasn't a dream--suppose it was real. Suppose you _did_
+leave her there, my noble friend, and that's why she's lost.'
+
+Suddenly Philip felt very small, very forlorn, very much alone in the
+world. But Helen would come back. That telegram would bring her.
+
+Yes. And he would have to tell her that perhaps it was his fault.
+
+It was in vain that Philip told himself that Helen would never believe
+about the city. He felt that she would. Why shouldn't she? She knew
+about the fairy tales and the Arabian Nights. And she would know that
+these things _did_ happen.
+
+'Oh, what shall I do? What shall I do?' he said, quite loud. And there
+was no one but himself to give the answer.
+
+'If I could only get back into the city,' he said. 'But that hateful
+nurse has pulled it all down and locked up the nursery. So I can't even
+build it again. Oh, what _shall_ I do?'
+
+And with that he began to cry. For now he felt quite sure that the dream
+wasn't a dream--that he really _had_ got into the magic city, had
+promised to stand by Lucy, and had been false to his promise and to her.
+
+He rubbed his eyes with his knuckles and also--rather painfully--with
+Mr. Noah, whom he still held. 'What shall I do?' he sobbed.
+
+And a very very teeny tiny voice said:
+
+'~Put me down.~'
+
+'Eh?' said Philip.
+
+'~Put me down~,' said the voice again. It was such a teeny tiny voice
+that he could only just hear it. It was unlikely, of course, that the
+voice could have been Mr. Noah's; but then whose else could it be? On
+the bare chance that it _might_ have been Mr. Noah who spoke--more
+unlikely things had happened before, as you know--Philip set the little
+wooden figure down on the chess-table. It stood there, wooden as ever.
+
+'Put _who_ down?' Philip asked. And then, before his eyes, the little
+wooden figure grew alive, stooped to pick up the yellow disc of wood on
+which Noah's Ark people stand, rolled it up like a mat, put it under his
+arm and began to walk towards the side of the table where Philip stood.
+
+He knelt down to bring his ears nearer the little live moving thing.
+
+'_What_ did you say?' he asked, for he fancied that Mr. Noah had again
+spoken.
+
+'~I said, what's the matter?~' said the little voice.
+
+'It's Lucy. She's lost and it's my fault. And I can only just hear you.
+It hurts my ears hearing you,' complained Philip.
+
+'~There's an ear-trumpet in a box on the middle of the cabinet~,' he
+could just hear the teeny tiny voice say; '~it belonged to a great-aunt.
+Get it out and listen through it~.'
+
+Philip got it out. It was an odd curly thing, and at first he could not
+be sure which end he ought to put to his ear. But he tried both ends,
+and on the second trial he heard quite a loud, strong, big voice say:
+
+'That's better.'
+
+'Then it wasn't a dream last night,' said Philip.
+
+'Of course it wasn't,' said Mr. Noah.
+
+'Then where is Lucy?'
+
+'In the city, of course. Where you left her.'
+
+'But she _can't_ be,' said Philip desperately. 'The city's all pulled
+down and gone for ever.'
+
+'The city you built in this room is pulled down,' said Mr. Noah, 'but
+the city you went to wasn't in this room. Now I put it to you--how could
+it be?'
+
+'But it _was_,' said Philip, 'or else how could I have got into it.'
+
+'It's a little difficult, I own,' said Mr. Noah. 'But, you see, you
+built those cities in two worlds. It's pulled down in _this_ world. But
+in the other world it's going on.'
+
+'I don't understand,' said Philip.
+
+'I thought you wouldn't,' said Mr. Noah; 'but it's true, for all that.
+Everything people make in that world goes on for ever.'
+
+'But how was it that I got in?'
+
+'Because you belong to both worlds. And you built the cities. So they
+were yours.'
+
+'But Lucy got in.'
+
+'She built up a corner of your city that the nurse had knocked down.'
+
+[Illustration: He heard quite a loud, strong, big voice say, 'That's
+better.']
+
+'But _you_,' said Philip, more and more bewildered. 'You're here. So you
+can't be there.'
+
+'But I _am_ there,' said Mr. Noah.
+
+'But you're here. And you're alive here. What made you come alive?'
+
+'Your tears,' said Mr. Noah. 'Tears are very strong magic. No, don't
+begin to cry again. What's the matter?'
+
+'I want to get back into the city.'
+
+'It's dangerous.'
+
+'I don't care.'
+
+'You were glad enough to get away,' said Mr. Noah.
+
+'I know: that's the worst of it,' said Philip. 'Oh, isn't there any way
+to get back? If I climbed in at the nursery windows and got the bricks
+and built it all up and----'
+
+'Quite unnecessary, I assure you. There are a thousand doors to that
+city.'
+
+'I wish I could find _one_,' said Philip; 'but, I say, I thought time
+was all different there. How is it Lucy is lost all this time if time
+doesn't count?'
+
+'It does count, now,' said Mr. Noah; 'you made it count when you ran
+away and left Lucy. That set the clocks of the city to the time of this
+world.'
+
+'I don't understand,' said Philip; 'but it doesn't matter. Show me the
+door and I'll go back and find Lucy.'
+
+'Build something and go through it,' said Mr. Noah. 'That's all. Your
+tears are dry on me now. Good-bye.' And he laid down his yellow mat,
+stepped on to it and was just a little wooden figure again.
+
+Philip dropped the ear-trumpet and looked at Mr. Noah.
+
+'I _don't_ understand,' he said. But this at least he understood. That
+Helen would come back when she got that telegram, and that before she
+came he must go into the other world and find the lost Lucy.
+
+'But oh,' he said, 'suppose I _don't_ find her. I wish I hadn't built
+those cities so big! And time will go on. And, perhaps, when Helen comes
+back she'll find _me_ lost _too_--as well as Lucy.'
+
+But he dried his eyes and told himself that this was not how heroes
+behaved. He must build again. Whichever way you looked at it there was
+no time to be lost. And besides the nurse might occur at any moment.
+
+He looked round for building materials. There was the chess-table. It
+had long narrow legs set round it, rather like arches. Something might
+be done with it, with books and candlesticks and Japanese vases.
+
+Something _was_ done. Philip built with earnest care, but also with
+considerable speed. If the nurse should come in before he had made a
+door and got through it--come in and find him building again--she was
+quite capable of putting him to bed, where, of course, building is
+impossible. In a very little time there was a building. But how to get
+in. He was, alas, the wrong size. He stood helpless, and once more tears
+pricked and swelled behind his eyelids. One tear fell on his hand.
+
+'Tears are a strong magic,' Mr. Noah had said. And at the thought the
+tears stopped. Still there _was_ a tear, the one on his hand. He rubbed
+it on the pillar of the porch.
+
+And instantly a queer tight thin feeling swept through him. He felt
+giddy and shut his eyes. His boots, ever sympathetic, shuffled on the
+carpet. Or was it the carpet? It was very thick and---- He opened his
+eyes. His feet were once more on the long grass of the illimitable
+prairie. And in front of him towered the gigantic porch of a vast
+building and a domino path leading up to it.
+
+'Oh, I am so glad,' cried Philip among the grass. 'I couldn't have borne
+it if she'd been lost for ever, and all my fault.'
+
+The gigantic porch lowered frowningly above him. What would he find on
+the other side of it?
+
+[Illustration: The gigantic porch lowered frowningly above him.]
+
+'I don't care. I've simply got to go,' he said, and stepped out bravely.
+'If I can't _be_ a hero I'll try to behave like one.'
+
+And with that he stepped out, stumbling a little in the thick grass, and
+the dark shadow of the porch received him.
+
+ . . . . . . .
+
+'Bother the child,' said the nurse, coming into the drawing-room a
+little later; 'if he hasn't been at his precious building game again! I
+shall have to give him a lesson over this--I can see that. And I will
+too--a lesson he won't forget in a hurry.'
+
+She went through the house, looking for the too bold builder that she
+might give him that lesson. Then she went through the garden, still on
+the same errand.
+
+Half an hour later she burst into the servants' hall and threw herself
+into a chair.
+
+'I don't care what happens now,' she said. 'The house is bewitched, I
+think. I shall go the very minute I've had my dinner.'
+
+'What's up now?' the cook came to the door to say.
+
+'Up?' said the nurse. 'Oh, nothing's _up_. What should there be?
+Everything's all right and beautiful, and just as it should be, of
+course.'
+
+'Miss Lucy's not found yet, of course, but that's all, isn't it?'
+
+'All? And enough too, I should have thought,' said the nurse. 'But as it
+happens it's _not_ all. The boy's lost now. Oh, I'm not joking. He's
+lost I tell you, the same as the other one--and I'm off out of this by
+the two thirty-seven train, and I don't care who knows it.'
+
+'Lor!' said the cook.
+
+ . . . . . . .
+
+Before starting for the two thirty-seven train the nurse went back to
+the drawing-room to destroy Philip's new building, to restore to their
+proper places its books, candlesticks, vases, and chessmen.
+
+There we will leave her.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE DRAGON-SLAYER
+
+
+When Philip walked up the domino path and under the vast arch into the
+darkness beyond, his heart felt strong with high resolve. His legs,
+however, felt weak; strangely weak, especially about the knees. The
+doorway was so enormous, that which lay beyond was so dark, and he
+himself so very very small. As he passed under the little gateway which
+he had built of three dominoes with the little silver knight in armour
+on the top, he noticed that he was only as high as a domino, and you
+know how very little that is.
+
+Philip went along the domino path. He had to walk carefully, for to him
+the spots on the dominoes were quite deep hollows. But as they were
+black they were easy to see. He had made three arches, one beyond
+another, of two pairs of silver candlesticks with silver inkstands on
+the top of them. The third pair of silver candlesticks had a book on
+the top of them because there were no more inkstands. And when he had
+passed through the three silver arches, he stopped.
+
+Beyond lay a sort of velvety darkness with white gleams in it. And as
+his eyes became accustomed to the darkness, he saw that he was in a
+great hall of silver pillars, gigantic silver candlesticks they seemed
+to be, and they went in long vistas this way and that way and every way,
+like the hop-poles in a hop-field, so that whichever way you turned, a
+long pillared corridor lay in front of you.
+
+Philip had no idea which way he ought to go. It seemed most unlikely
+that he would find Lucy in a dark hall with silver pillars.
+
+'All the same,' he said, 'it's not so dark as it was, by long chalks.'
+
+It was not. The silver pillars had begun to give out a faint soft glow
+like the silver phosphorescence that lies in sea pools in summer time.
+
+'It's lucky too,' he said, 'because of the holes in the floor.'
+
+The holes were the spots on the dominoes with which the pillared hall
+was paved.
+
+'I wonder what part of the city where Lucy is I shall come out at?'
+Philip asked himself. But he need not have troubled. He did not come
+out at all. He walked on and on and on and on and on. He thought he was
+walking straight, but really he was turning first this way and then
+that, and then the other way among the avenues of silver pillars which
+all looked just alike.
+
+He was getting very tired, and he had been walking a long time, before
+he came to anything that was not silver pillars and velvet black under
+invisible roofs, and floor paved with dominoes laid very close together.
+
+'Oh, I am glad!' he said at last, when he saw the pavement narrow to a
+single line of dominoes just like the path he had come in by. There was
+an arch too, like the arch by which he had come in. And then he
+perceived in a shock of miserable surprise that it was, in fact, the
+same arch and the same domino path. He had come back, after all that
+walking, to the point from which he had started. It was most mortifying.
+So silly! Philip sat down on the edge of the domino path to rest and
+think.
+
+'Suppose I just walk out and don't believe in magic any more?' he said
+to himself. 'Helen says magic can only happen to people who believe in
+magic. So if I just walked out and didn't believe as hard as ever I
+could, I should be my own right size again, and Lucy would be back, and
+there wouldn't _be_ any magic.'
+
+[Illustration: He walked on and on and on.]
+
+'Yes, but,' said that voice that always would come and join in whenever
+Philip was talking to himself, 'suppose Lucy _does_ believe it? Then
+it'll all go on for her, whatever _you_ believe, and she _won't_ be
+back. Besides, you know you've _got_ to believe it, because it's true.'
+
+'Oh, bother!' said Philip; 'I'm tired. I don't want to go on.'
+
+'You shouldn't have deserted Lucy,' said the tiresome voice, 'then you
+wouldn't have had to go back to look for her.'
+
+'But I can't find my way. How can I find my way?'
+
+'You know well enough. Fix your eyes on a far-off pillar and walk
+straight to it, and when you're nearly there fix your eyes a little
+farther. You're bound to come out somewhere.'
+
+'But I'm tired and it's so lonely,' said Philip.
+
+'Lucy's lonely too,' said the voice.
+
+'Drop it!' said Philip. And he got up and began to walk again. Also he
+took the advice of that worrying voice and fixed his eyes on a distant
+pillar.
+
+'But why should I bother?' he said; 'this is a sort of dream.'
+
+'Even if it _were_ a dream,' said the voice, 'there are adventures in
+it. So you may as well be adventurous.'
+
+'Oh, all right,' said Philip, and on he went.
+
+And by walking very carefully and fixing his eyes a long way off, he did
+at last come right through the hall of silver pillars, and saw beyond
+the faint glow of the pillars the blue light of day. It shone very
+brightly through a very little door, and when Philip came to that door
+he went through it without hesitation. And there he was in a big field.
+It was rather like the illimitable prairie, only there were great
+patches of different-coloured flowers. Also there was a path across it,
+and he followed the path.
+
+'Because,' he said, 'I'm more likely to meet Lucy. Girls always keep to
+paths. They never explore.'
+
+Which just shows how little he knew about girls.
+
+He looked back after a while, to see what the hall of pillars looked
+like from outside, but it was already dim in the mists of distance.
+
+But ahead of him he saw a great rough building, rather like Stonehenge.
+
+'I wish I'd come into the other city where the people are, and the
+soldiers, and the greyhounds, and the cocoa-nuts,' he told himself.
+'There's nobody here at all, not even Lucy.'
+
+The loneliness of the place grew more and more unpleasing to Philip.
+But he went on. It seemed more reasonable than to go back.
+
+'I ought to be very hungry,' he said; 'I must have been walking for
+hours.' But he wasn't hungry. It may have been the magic, or it may have
+been the odd breakfast he had had. I don't know. He spoke aloud because
+it was so quiet in that strange open country with no one in it but
+himself. And no sound but the clump, clump of his boots on the path. And
+it seemed to him that everything grew quieter and quieter till he could
+almost hear himself think. Loneliness, real loneliness is a dreadful
+thing. I hope you will never feel it. Philip looked to right and left,
+and before him, and on all the wide plain nothing moved. There were the
+grass and flowers, but no wind stirred them. And there was no sign that
+any living person had ever trodden that path--except that there _was_ a
+path to tread, and that the path led to the Stonehenge building, and
+even that seemed to be only a ruin.
+
+'I'll go as far as that anyhow,' said Philip; 'perhaps there'll be a
+signboard there or something.'
+
+There was something. Something most unexpected. Philip reached the
+building; it was really very like Stonehenge, only the pillars were
+taller and closer together and there was one high solid towering wall;
+turned the corner of a massive upright and ran almost into the arms, and
+quite on to the feet of a man in a white apron and a square paper cap,
+who sat on a fallen column, eating bread and cheese with a clasp-knife.
+
+'I beg your pardon!' Philip gasped.
+
+'Granted, I'm sure,' said the man; 'but it's a dangerous thing to do,
+Master Philip, running sheer on to chaps' clasp-knives.'
+
+He set Philip on his feet, and waved the knife, which had been so often
+sharpened that the blade was half worn away.
+
+'Set you down and get your breath,' he said kindly.
+
+'Why, it's _you_!' said Philip.
+
+'Course it is. Who should I be if I wasn't me? That's poetry.'
+
+'But how did you get here?'
+
+'Ah!' said the man going on with his bread and cheese, while he talked
+quite in the friendliest way, 'that's telling.'
+
+'Well, tell then,' said Philip impatiently. But he sat down.
+
+'Well, you say it's me. Who be it? Give it a name.'
+
+'You're old Perrin,' said Pip; 'I mean, of course, I beg your pardon,
+you're Mr. Perrin, the carpenter.'
+
+'And what does carpenters do?'
+
+'Carp, I suppose,' said Philip. 'That means they make things, doesn't
+it?'
+
+'That's it,' said the man encouragingly; 'what sort of things now might
+old Perrin have made for you?'
+
+'You made my wheelbarrow, I know,' said Philip, 'and my bricks.'
+
+'Ah!' said Mr. Perrin, 'now you've got it. I made your bricks, seasoned
+oak, and true to the thousandth of an inch, they was. And that's how I
+got here. So now you know.'
+
+'But what are you doing here?' said Philip, wriggling restlessly on the
+fallen column.
+
+'Waiting for you. Them as knows sent me out to meet you, and give you a
+hint of what's expected of you.'
+
+'Well. What _is_?' said Philip. 'I mean I think it's very kind of you.
+What _is_ expected?'
+
+'Plenty of time,' said the carpenter, 'plenty. Nothing ain't expected of
+you till towards sundown.'
+
+'I do think it was most awfully kind of you,' said Philip, who had now
+thought this over.
+
+'You was kind to old Perrin once,' said that person.
+
+'Was I?' said Philip, much surprised.
+
+'Yes; when my little girl was ailing you brought her a lot of pears off
+your own tree. Not one of 'em you didn't 'ave yourself that year, Miss
+Helen told me. And you brought back our kitten--the sandy and white one
+with black spots--when it strayed. So I was quite willing to come and
+meet you when so told. And knowing something of young gentlemen's
+peckers, owing to being in business once next door to a boys' school, I
+made so bold as to bring you a snack.'
+
+He reached a hand down behind the fallen pillar on which they sat and
+brought up a basket.
+
+'Here,' he said. And Philip, raising the lid, was delighted to find that
+he was hungry. It was a pleasant basketful. Meat pasties, red hairy
+gooseberries, a stone bottle of ginger-beer, a blue mug with Philip on
+it in gold letters, a slice of soda cake and two farthing sugar-sticks.
+
+'I'm sure I've seen that basket before,' said the boy as he ate.
+
+'Like enough. It's the one you brought them pears down in.'
+
+'Now look here,' said Philip, through his seventh bite of pasty, 'you
+_must_ tell me how you got here. And tell me where you've got to. You've
+simply no idea how muddling it all is to me. Do tell me _everything_.
+Where are we, I mean, and why? And what I've got to do. And why? And
+when? Tell me every single thing.' And he took the eighth bite.
+
+'You really don't know, sir?'
+
+'No,' said Philip, contemplating the ninth or last bite but one. It was
+a large pasty.
+
+'Well then. Here goes. But I was always a poor speaker, and so
+considered even by friends at cricket dinners and what not.'
+
+'But I don't want you to speak,' said Philip; 'just tell me.'
+
+'Well, then. How did I get here? I got here through having made them
+bricks what you built this tumble-down old ancient place with.'
+
+'_I_ built?'
+
+'Yes, with them bricks I made you. I understand as this was the first
+building you ever put up. That's why it's first on the road to where you
+want to get to!'
+
+Philip looked round at the Stonehenge building and saw that it was
+indeed built of enormous oak bricks.
+
+'Of course,' he said, 'only I've grown smaller.'
+
+'Or they've grown bigger,' said Mr. Perrin; 'it's the same thing. You
+see it's like this. All the cities and things you ever built is in this
+country. I don't know how it's managed, no more'n what you do. But so it
+is. And as you made 'em, you've the right to come to them--if you can
+get there. And you have got there. It isn't every one has the luck, I'm
+told. Well, then, you made the cities, but you made 'em out of what
+other folks had made, things like bricks and chessmen and books and
+candlesticks and dominoes and brass basins and every sort of kind of
+thing. An' all the people who helped to make all them things you used to
+build with, they're all here too. D'you see? _Making's_ the thing. If it
+was no more than the lad that turned the handle of the grindstone to
+sharp the knife that carved a bit of a cabinet or what not, or a child
+that picked a teazle to finish a bit of the cloth that's glued on to the
+bottom of a chessman--they're all here. They're what's called the
+population of your cities.'
+
+'I see. They've got small, like I have,' said Philip.
+
+'Or the cities has got big,' said the carpenter; 'it comes to the same
+thing. I wish you wouldn't interrupt, Master Philip. You put me out.'
+
+'I won't again,' said Philip. 'Only do tell me just one thing. How can
+you be here and at Amblehurst too?'
+
+'We come here,' said the carpenter slowly, 'when we're asleep.'
+
+'Oh!' said Philip, deeply disappointed; 'it's just a dream then?'
+
+'Not it. We come here when we're too sound asleep to dream. You go
+through the dreams and come out on the other side where everything's
+real. That's _here_.'
+
+'Go on,' said Philip.
+
+'I dunno where I was. You do put me out so.'
+
+'Pop you something or other,' said Philip.
+
+'Population. Yes. Well, all those people as made the things you made the
+cities of, they live in the cities and they've made the insides to the
+houses.'
+
+'What do they do?'
+
+'Oh, they just live here. And they buy and sell and plant gardens and
+work and play like everybody does in other cities. And when they go to
+sleep they go slap through their dreams and into the other world, and
+work and play there, see? That's how it goes on. There's a lot more, but
+that's enough for one time. You get on with your gooseberries.'
+
+'But they aren't all real people, are they? There's Mr. Noah?'
+
+'Ah, those is aristocracy, the ones you put in when you built the
+cities. They're our old families. Very much respected. They're all very
+high up in the world. Came over with the Conker, as the saying is.
+There's the Noah family. They're the oldest of all, of course. And the
+dolls you've put in different times and the tin soldiers, and of course
+all the Noah's ark animals is alive except when you used them for
+building, and then they're statues.'
+
+'But I don't see,' said Philip, 'I really don't see how all these cities
+that I built at different times can still be here, all together and all
+going on at once, when I know they've all been pulled down.'
+
+'Well, I'm no scholard. But I did hear Mr. Noah say once in a
+lecture--_he's_ a speaker, if you like--I heard him say it was like when
+you take a person's photo. The person is so many inches thick through
+and so many feet high and he's round and he's solid. But in the photo
+he's _flat_. Because everything's flat in photos. But all the same it's
+him right enough. You get him into the photo. Then all you've got to do
+is to get 'im out again into where everything's thick and tall and round
+and solid. And it's quite easy, I believe, once you know the trick.'
+
+'Stop,' said Philip suddenly. 'I think my head's going to burst.'
+
+'Ah!' said the carpenter kindly. 'I felt like that at first. Lie down
+and try to sleep it off a bit. Eddication does go to your head something
+crool. I've often noticed it.'
+
+And indeed Philip was quite glad to lie down among the long grass and be
+covered up with the carpenter's coat. He fell asleep at once.
+
+An hour later he woke again, looked at the wrinkled-apple face of Mr.
+Perrin and began to remember.
+
+'I'm glad _you're_ here anyhow,' he said to the carpenter; 'it was
+horribly lonely. You don't know.'
+
+'That's why I was sent to meet you,' said Mr. Perrin simply.
+
+'But how did you know?'
+
+'Mr. Noah sent for me early this morning. Bless you, he knows all about
+everything. Says he, "You go and meet 'im and tell 'im all you can. If
+he wants to be a Deliverer, let 'im," says Mr. Noah.'
+
+'But how do you begin being a Deliverer?' Philip asked, sitting up and
+feeling suddenly very grand and manly, and very glad that Lucy was not
+there to interfere.
+
+'There's lots of different ways,' said Mr. Perrin. 'Your particular
+way's simple. You just got to kill the dragon.'
+
+'A _live_ dragon?'
+
+'Live!' said Mr. Perrin. 'Why he's all over the place and as green as
+grass he is. Lively as a kitten. He's got a broken spear sticking out of
+his side, so some one must have had a try at baggin' him, some time or
+another.'
+
+'Don't you think,' said Philip, a little overcome by this vivid picture,
+'that perhaps I'd better look for Lucy first, and be a Deliverer
+afterwards?'
+
+'If you're _afraid_,' said Mr. Perrin.
+
+'I'm not,' said Philip doubtfully.
+
+'You see,' said the carpenter, 'what you've got to consider is: are you
+going to be the hero of this 'ere adventure or ain't you? You can't 'ave
+it both ways. An' if you are, you may's well make up your mind, cause
+killing a dragon ain't the end of it, not by no means.'
+
+'Do you mean there are more dragons?'
+
+'Not dragons,' said the carpenter soothingly; 'not dragons exactly. But
+there. I don't want to lower your heart. If you kills the dragon, then
+afterwards there's six more hard things you've got to do. And then they
+make you king. Take it or leave it. Only, if you take it we'd best be
+starting. And anyhow we may as well get a move on us, because at sundown
+the dragon comes out to drink and exercise of himself. You can hear him
+rattling all night among these 'ere ruins; miles off you can 'ear 'im
+of a still night.'
+
+'Suppose I don't want to be a Deliverer,' said Philip slowly.
+
+'Then you'll be a Destroyer,' said the carpenter; 'there's only these
+two situations vacant here at present. Come, Master Philip, sir, don't
+talk as if you wasn't going to be a man and do your duty for England,
+Home and Beauty, like it says in the song. Let's be starting, shall us?'
+
+'You think I ought to be the Deliverer?'
+
+'Ought stands for nothing,' said Mr. Perrin. 'I think you're a going to
+_be_ the Deliverer; that's what I think. Come on!'
+
+As they rose to go, Philip had a brief fleeting vision of a very smart
+lady in a motor veil, disappearing round the corner of a pillar.
+
+'Are there many motors about here?' he asked, not wishing to talk any
+more about dragons just then.
+
+'Not a single one,' said Mr. Perrin unexpectedly. 'Nor yet phonographs,
+nor railways, nor factory chimneys, nor none of them loud ugly things.
+Nor yet advertisements, nor newspapers, nor barbed wire.'
+
+After that the two walked silently away from the ruin. Philip was trying
+to feel as brave and confident as a Deliverer should. He reminded
+himself of St. George. And he remembered that the hero _never_ fails to
+kill the dragon. But he still felt a little uneasy. It takes some time
+to accustom yourself to being a hero. But he could not help looking over
+his shoulder every now and then to see if the dragon was coming. So far
+it wasn't.
+
+'Well,' said Mr. Perrin as they drew near a square tower with a long
+flight of steps leading up to it, 'what do you say?'
+
+'I wasn't saying anything,' said Philip.
+
+'I mean are you going to be the Deliverer?'
+
+Then something in Philip's heart seemed to swell, and a choking feeling
+came into his throat, and he felt more frightened than he had ever felt
+before, as he said, looking as brave as he could:
+
+'Yes. I am.'
+
+Perrin clapped his hands.
+
+And instantly from the doors of the tower and from behind it came dozens
+of people, and down the long steps, alone, came Mr. Noah, moving with
+careful dignity and carrying his yellow mat neatly rolled under his arm.
+All the people clapped their hands, till Mr. Noah, standing on the third
+step, raised his hands to command silence.
+
+'Friends,' he said, 'and fellow-citizens of Polistopolis, you see before
+you one who says that he is the Deliverer. He was yesterday arrested
+and tried as a trespasser, and condemned to imprisonment. He escaped and
+you all assumed that he was the Destroyer in disguise. But now he has
+returned and of his own free will he chooses to attempt the
+accomplishment of the seven great deeds. And the first of these is the
+killing of the great green dragon.'
+
+The people, who were a mixed crowd of all nations, cheered loudly.
+
+'So now,' said Mr. Noah, 'we will make him our knight.'
+
+'Kneel,' said Mr. Noah, 'in token of fealty to the Kingdom of Cities.'
+
+Philip knelt.
+
+'You shall now speak after me,' said Mr. Noah solemnly. 'Say what I
+say,' he whispered, and Philip said it.
+
+This was it. 'I, Philip, claim to be the Deliverer of this great nation,
+and I pledge myself to carry out the seven great deeds that shall prove
+my claim to the Deliverership and the throne. I pledge my honour to be
+the champion of this city, and the enemy of its Destroyer.'
+
+When Philip had said this, Mr. Noah drew forth a bright silver-hilted
+sword and held it over him.
+
+'You must be knighted,' he said; 'those among my audience who have read
+any history will be aware that no mere commoner can expect to conquer a
+dragon. We must give our would-be Deliverer every chance. So I will make
+him a knight.' He tapped Philip lightly on the shoulder and said, 'Rise
+up, Sir Philip!'
+
+This was really grand, and Philip felt new courage as Mr. Noah handed
+him the silver sword, and all the people cheered.
+
+But as the cheers died down, a thin and disagreeable voice suddenly
+said:
+
+'But _I_ claim to be the Deliverer too.'
+
+It was like a thunderbolt. Every one stopped cheering and stood with
+mouth open and head turned towards the person who had spoken. And the
+person who had spoken was the smartly dressed lady in the motor veil,
+whom Philip had seen among the ruins.
+
+'A trespasser! a trespasser!' cried the crowd; 'to prison with it!' and
+angry, threatening voices began to arise.
+
+'I'm no more a trespasser than he is,' said the voice, 'and if I say I
+am the Deliverer, you can't stop me. I can kill dragons or do anything
+_he_ can do.'
+
+'Silence, trespasser,' said Mr. Noah, with cold dignity. 'You should
+have spoken earlier. At present Sir Philip occupies the position of
+candidate to the post of King-Deliverer. There is no other position open
+to you except that of Destroyer.'
+
+[Illustration: 'Silence, trespasser,' said Mr. Noah, with cold dignity.]
+
+'But suppose the boy doesn't do it?' said the voice behind the veil.
+
+'True,' said Mr. Noah. 'You may if you choose, occupy for the present
+the position of Pretender-in-Chief to the Claimancy of the
+Deliverership, an office now and here created expressly for you. The
+position of Claimant to the Destroyership is also,' he added
+reflectively, 'open to you.'
+
+'Then if he doesn't do it,' said the veiled lady, 'I can be the
+Deliverer.'
+
+'You can try,' said Mr. Noah. 'There are a special set of tasks to be
+performed if the claimant to the Deliverership be a woman.'
+
+'What are they?' said the veiled lady.
+
+'If Sir Philip fails you will be duly instructed in the deeds required
+of a Deliverer who is a woman. And now, my friends, let us retire and
+leave Sir Philip to deal with the dragon. We shall watch anxiously from
+yonder ramparts,' he added encouragingly.
+
+'But isn't any one to help me?' said Philip, deeply uneasy.
+
+'It is not usual,' said Mr. Noah, 'for champions to require assistance
+with dragons.'
+
+'I should think not indeed,' said the veiled lady; 'but you're not going
+the usual way about it at all. Where's the princess, I should like to
+know?'
+
+'There isn't any princess,' said Mr. Noah.
+
+'Then it won't be a proper dragon-killing,' she said, with an angry
+shaking of skirts; 'that's all I can say.'
+
+'I wish it _was_ all,' said Mr. Noah to himself.
+
+'If there isn't a princess it isn't fair,' said the veiled one; 'and I
+shall consider it's my turn to be Deliverer.'
+
+'Be silent, woman,' said Mr. Noah.
+
+'Woman, indeed,' said the lady. 'I ought to have a proper title.'
+
+'Your title is the Pretender to the----'
+
+'I know,' she interrupted; 'but you forget you're speaking to a lady.
+You can call me the Pretenderette.'
+
+Mr. Noah turned coldly from her and pressed two Roman candles and a box
+of matches into Philip's hand.
+
+'When you have arranged your plans and are quite sure that you will be
+able to kill the dragon, light one of these. We will then have a
+princess in readiness, and on observing your signal will tie her to a
+tree, or, since this is a district where trees are rare and buildings
+frequent, to a pillar. She will be perfectly safe if you make your plans
+correctly. And in any case you must not attempt to deal with the dragon
+without first lighting the Roman candle.'
+
+'And the dragon will see it and go away.'
+
+'Exactly,' said Mr. Noah. 'Or perhaps he will see it and not go away.
+Time alone will show. The task that is without difficulties can never
+really appeal to a hero. You will find weapons, cords, nets, shields and
+various first aids to the young dragon-catcher in the vaults below this
+tower. Good evening, Sir Philip,' he ended warmly. 'We wish you every
+success.'
+
+And with that the whole crowd began to go away.
+
+'_I_ know who you ought to have for princess,' the Pretenderette said as
+they went. And Mr. Noah said:
+
+'Silence in court.'
+
+'This isn't a court,' said the Pretenderette aggravatingly.
+
+'Wherever justice is, is a court,' said Mr. Noah, 'and I accuse you of
+contempt of it. Guards, arrest this person and take her to prison at
+once.'
+
+There was a scuffling and a shrieking and then the voices withdrew
+gradually, the angry voice of even the Pretenderette growing fainter
+and fainter till it died away altogether.
+
+Philip was left alone.
+
+His first act was to go up to the top of the tower and look out to see
+if he could see the dragon. He looked east and north and south and west,
+and he saw the ramparts of the fort where Mr. Noah and the others were
+now safely bestowed. He saw also other towers and cities in the
+distance, and he saw the ruins where he had met Mr. Perrin.
+
+And among those ruins something was moving. Something long and jointed
+and green. It could be nothing but the dragon.
+
+'Oh, Crikey!' said Philip to himself; 'whatever shall I do? Perhaps I'd
+better see what weapons there are.'
+
+So he ran down the stairs and down and down till he came to the vaults
+of the castle, and there he found everything a dragon-killer could
+possibly need, even to a little red book called the _Young
+Dragon-Catcher's Vade Mecum, or a Complete Guide to the Good Sport of
+Dragon-Slaying_; and a pair of excellent field-glasses.
+
+The top of the tower seemed the safest place. It was there that he tried
+to read the book. The words were very long and most difficultly spelt.
+But he did manage to make out that all dragons sleep for one hour after
+sunset. Then he heard a loud rattling sound from the ruin, and he knew
+it was the dragon who was making that sound, so he looked through the
+field-glasses, frowning with anxiety to see what the dragon was doing.
+
+And as he looked he started and almost dropped the glasses, and the
+frown cleared away from his forehead and he gave a sigh that was almost
+a sob and almost a laugh, and then he said
+
+'That old thing!'
+
+Then he looked again, and this is what he saw. An enormous green dragon,
+very long and fierce-looking, that rattled as it moved, going in and out
+among the ruins, rubbing itself against the fallen pillars. And the
+reason Philip laughed and sighed was that he knew that dragon very well
+indeed. He had known it long ago. It was the clockwork lizard that had
+been given him the Christmas before last. And he remembered that he had
+put it into one of the cities he and Helen had built together. Only now,
+of course, it had grown big and had come alive like all the other images
+of live things he had put in his cities. But he saw that it was still a
+clockwork creature. And its key was sticking out of its side. And it was
+rubbing itself against the pillars so as to turn the key and wind itself
+up. But this was a slow business and the winding was not half done when
+the sun set. The dragon instantly lay down and went to sleep.
+
+'Well,' said Philip, 'now I've got to think.'
+
+He did think, harder than he had ever done before. And when he had
+finished thinking he went down into the vault and got a long rope. Then
+he stood still a moment, wondering if he really were brave enough. And
+then he remembered 'Rise up, Sir Philip,' and he knew that a knight
+simply _mustn't_ be afraid.
+
+So he went out in the dusk towards the dragon.
+
+He knew it would sleep for an hour. But all the same---- And the
+twilight was growing deeper and deeper. Still there was plenty of light
+to find the ruin, and also to find the dragon. There it lay--about ten
+or twelve yards of solid dark dragon-flesh. Its metal claws gleamed in
+the last of the daylight. Its great mouth was open, and its breathing,
+as it slept, was like the sound of the sea on a rough night.
+
+'Rise up, Sir Philip,' he said to himself, and walked along close to the
+dragon till he came to the middle part where the key was sticking
+out--which Mr. Perrin had thought was a piece of an old spear with which
+some one had once tried to kill the monster.
+
+Philip fastened one end of his rope very securely to the key--how
+thankful he was that Helen had taught him to tie knots that were not
+granny-knots. The dragon lay quite still, and went on breathing like a
+stormy sea. Then the dragon-slayer fastened the other end of the rope to
+the main wall of the ruin which was very strong and firm, and then he
+went back to his tower as fast as he could and struck a match and
+lighted his Roman candle.
+
+You see the idea? It was really rather a clever one. When the dragon
+woke it would find that it was held prisoner by the ropes. It would be
+furious and try to get free. And in its struggles it would be certain to
+get free, but this it could only do by detaching itself from its key.
+When once the key was out the dragon would be unable to wind itself up
+any more, and would be as good as dead. Of course Sir Philip could cut
+off its head with the silver-hilted sword if Mr. Noah really wished it.
+
+It was, as you see, an excellent plan, as far as it went. Philip sat on
+the top of his tower quite free from anxiety, and ate a few hairy red
+gooseberries that happened to be loose in his pocket. Within three
+minutes of his lighting his Roman candle a shower of golden rain went up
+in the south, some immense Catherine-wheels appeared in the east, and in
+the north a long line of rockets presented almost the appearance of an
+aurora borealis. Red fire, green fire, then rockets again. The whole of
+the plain was lit by more fireworks than Philip had ever seen, even at
+the Crystal Palace. By their light he saw a procession come out of the
+fort, cross to a pillar that stood solitary on the plain, and tie to it
+a white figure.
+
+'The Princess, I suppose,' said Philip; 'well, _she's_ all right
+anyway.'
+
+Then the procession went back to the fort, and then the dragon awoke.
+Philip could see the great creature stretching itself and shaking its
+vast head as a dog does when it comes out of the water.
+
+'I expect it doesn't like the fireworks,' said Philip. And he was quite
+right.
+
+And now the dragon saw the Princess who had been placed at a convenient
+spot about half-way between the ruins and Philip's tower.
+
+It threw up its snout and uttered a devastating howl, and Philip felt
+with a thrill of horror that, clockwork or no clockwork, the brute was
+alive, and desperately dangerous.
+
+And now it had perceived that it was bound. With great heavings and
+throes, with snortings and bellowings, with scratchings and tearings of
+its great claws and lashings of its terrible tail, it writhed and
+fought to be free, and the light of thousands of fireworks illuminated
+the gigantic struggle.
+
+Then what Philip had known would happen, did happen. The great wall held
+fast, the rope held fast, the dragon held fast. It was the key that gave
+way. With an echoing grinding rusty sound like a goods train shunting on
+a siding, the key was drawn from the keyhole in the dragon's side and
+left still fast to its rope like an anchor to a cable.
+
+_Left._ For now that happened which Philip had not foreseen. He had
+forgotten that before it fell asleep the dragon had partly wound itself
+up. And its struggles had not used up all the winding. There was go in
+the dragon yet. And with a yell of fury it set off across the plain,
+wriggling its green rattling length towards--the Princess.
+
+And now there was no time to think whether one was afraid or not. Philip
+went down those tower stairs more quickly than he had ever gone down
+stairs in his life, and he was not bad at stairs even at ordinary times.
+
+He put his sword over his shoulder as you do a gun, and ran. Like the
+dragon he made straight for the Princess. And now it was a race between
+him and the dragon. Philip ran and ran. His heart thumped, his feet had
+that leaden feeling that comes in nightmares. He felt as if he were
+dying.
+
+Keep on, keep on, faster, faster, you mustn't stop. Ah! that's better.
+He has got his second wind. He is going faster. And the dragon, or is it
+fancy? is going not quite so fast.
+
+How he did it Philip never knew. But with a last spurt he reached the
+pillar where the Princess stood bound. And the dragon was twenty yards
+away, coming on and on and on.
+
+Philip stood quite still, recovering his breath. And more and more
+slowly, but with no sign of stopping, the dragon came on. Behind him,
+where the pillar was, Philip heard some one crying softly.
+
+Then the dragon was quite near. Philip took three steps forward, took
+aim with his sword, shut his eyes and hit as hard as he could. Then
+something hard and heavy knocked him over, and for a time he knew no
+more.
+
+ . . . . . . .
+
+When he came to himself again, Mr. Noah was giving him something nasty
+to drink out of a medicine glass, Mr. Perrin was patting him on the
+back, all the people were shouting like mad, and more fireworks than
+ever were being let off. Beside him lay the dragon, lifeless and still.
+
+[Illustration: Then something hard and heavy knocked him over.]
+
+'Oh!' said Philip, 'did I really do it?'
+
+'You did indeed,' said Mr. Noah; 'however you may succeed with the other
+deeds, you are the hero of this one. And now, if you feel well enough,
+prepare to receive the reward of Valour and Chivalry.'
+
+'Oh!' said Philip, brightening, 'I didn't know there was to be a
+reward.'
+
+'Only the usual one,' said Mr Noah. 'The Princess, you know.'
+
+Philip became aware that a figure in a white veil was standing quite
+near him; round its feet lay lengths of cut rope.
+
+'The Princess is yours,' said Mr. Noah, with generous affability.
+
+'But I don't want her,' said Philip, adding by an afterthought, 'thank
+you.'
+
+'You should have thought of that before,' said Mr. Noah. 'You can't go
+doing deeds of valour, you know, and then shirking the reward. Take her.
+She is yours.'
+
+'Any one who likes may have her,' said Philip desperately. 'If she's
+mine, I can give her away, can't I? You must see yourself I can't be
+bothered with princesses if I've got all those other deeds to do.'
+
+'That's not my affair,' said Mr. Noah. 'Perhaps you might arrange to
+board her out while you're doing your deeds. But at present she is
+waiting for you to take her by the hand and raise her veil.'
+
+'Must I?' said Philip miserably. 'Well, here goes.'
+
+He took a small cold hand in one of his and with the other lifted, very
+gingerly, a corner of the veil. The other hand of the Princess drew back
+the veil, and the Dragon-Slayer and the Princess were face to face.
+
+'Why!' cried Philip, between relief and disgust, 'it's only Lucy!'
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+ON THE CARPET
+
+
+The Princess was just Lucy.
+
+'It's too bad,' said Philip. 'I do think.' Then he stopped short and
+just looked cross.
+
+'The Princess and the Champion will now have their teas,' said Mr. Noah.
+'Right about face, everybody, please, and quick march.'
+
+Philip and Lucy found themselves marching side by side through the night
+made yellow with continuous fireworks.
+
+You must picture them marching across a great plain of grass where many
+coloured flowers grew. You see a good many of Philip's buildings had
+been made on the drawing-room carpet at home, which was green with pink
+and blue and yellow and white flowers. And this carpet had turned into
+grass and growing flowers, following that strange law which caused
+things to change into other things, like themselves, but larger and
+really belonging to a living world.
+
+No one spoke. Philip said nothing because he was in a bad temper. And if
+you are in a bad temper, nothing is a good thing to say. To circumvent a
+dragon and then kill it, and to have such an adventure end in tea with
+Lucy, was too much. And he had other reasons for silence too. And Lucy
+was silent because she had so much to say that she didn't know where to
+begin; and besides, she could feel how cross Philip was. The crowd did
+not talk because it was not etiquette to talk when taking part in
+processions. Mr. Noah did not talk because it made him out of breath to
+walk and talk at the same time, two things neither of which he had been
+designed to do.
+
+So that it was quite a silent party which at last passed through the
+gateway of the town and up its streets.
+
+Philip wondered where the tea would be--not in the prison of course. It
+was very late for tea, too, quite the middle of the night it seemed. But
+all the streets were brilliantly lighted, and flags and festoons of
+flowers hung from all the windows and across all the streets.
+
+It was in the front of a big building in one of the great squares of the
+city that an extra display of coloured lamps disclosed open doors and
+red-carpeted steps. Mr. Noah hurried up them, and turned to receive
+Philip and Lucy.
+
+'The City of Polistopolis,' he said, 'whose unworthy representative I
+am, greets in my person the most noble Sir Philip, Knight and Slayer of
+the Dragon. Also the Princess whom he has rescued. Be pleased to enter.'
+
+They went up the red-cloth covered steps and into a hall, very splendid
+with silver and ivory. Mr. Noah stooped to a confidential question.
+
+'You'd like a wash, perhaps?' he said, 'and your Princess too. And
+perhaps you'd like to dress up a little? Before the banquet, you know.'
+
+'Banquet?' said Philip. 'I thought it was tea.'
+
+'Business before pleasure,' said Mr. Noah; 'first the banquet, then the
+tea. This way to the dressing-rooms.'
+
+There were two doors side by side. On one door was painted 'Knight's
+dressing-room,' on the other 'Princess's dressing-room.'
+
+'Look out,' said Mr. Noah; 'the paint is wet. You see there wasn't much
+time.'
+
+Philip found his dressing-room very interesting. The walls were entirely
+of looking-glass, and on tables in the middle of the room lay all sorts
+of clothes of beautiful colours and odd shapes. Shoes, stockings, hats,
+crowns, armour, swords, cloaks, breeches, waistcoats, jerkins, trunk
+hose. An open door showed a marble bath-room. The bath was sunk in the
+floor as the baths of luxurious Roman Empresses used to be, and as
+nowadays baths sometimes are, in model dwellings. (Only I am told that
+some people keep their coals in the baths--which is quite useless
+because coals are always black however much you wash them.)
+
+Philip undressed and went into the warm clear water, greenish between
+the air and the marble. Why is it so pleasant to have a bath, and so
+tiresome to wash your hands and face in a basin? He put on his shirt and
+knickerbockers again, and wandered round the room looking at the clothes
+laid out there, and wondering which of the wonderful costumes would be
+really suitable for a knight to wear at a banquet. After considerable
+hesitation he decided on a little soft shirt of chain-mail that made
+just a double handful of tiny steel links as he held it. But a
+difficulty arose.
+
+'I don't know how to put it on,' said Philip; 'and I expect the banquet
+is waiting. How cross it'll be.'
+
+He stood undecided, holding the chain mail in his hands, when his eyes
+fell on a bell handle. Above it was an ivory plate, and on it in black
+letters the word Valet. Philip rang the bell.
+
+Instantly a soft tap at the door heralded the entrance of a person whom
+Philip at the first glance supposed to be a sandwich man. But the second
+glance showed that the oblong flat things which he wore were not
+sandwich-boards, but dominoes. The person between them bowed low.
+
+'Oh!' said Philip, 'I rang for the valet.'
+
+'I am not the valet,' said the domino-enclosed person, who seemed to be
+in skintight black clothes under his dominoes, 'I am the Master of the
+Robes. I only attend on really distinguished persons. Double-six, at
+your service, Sir. Have you chosen your dress?'
+
+'I'd like to wear the armour,' said Philip, holding it out. 'It seems
+the right thing for a Knight,' he added.
+
+'Quite so, sir. I confirm your opinion.'
+
+He proceeded to dress Philip in a white tunic and to fasten the coat of
+mail over this. 'I've had a great deal of experience,' he said; 'you
+couldn't have chosen better. You see, I'm master of the subject of
+dress. I am able to give my whole mind to it; my own dress being fixed
+by law and not subject to changes of fashion leaves me free to think for
+others. And I think deeply. But I see that you can think for yourself.'
+
+You have no idea how jolly Philip looked in the mail coat and mailed
+hood--just like a Crusader.
+
+At the doorway of the dressing-room he met Lucy in a short white dress
+and a coronal of pearls round her head. 'I always wanted to be a fairy,'
+she said.
+
+'Did you have any one to dress you?' he asked.
+
+'Oh no!' said Lucy calmly. 'I always dress myself.'
+
+'Ladies have the advantage there,' said Double-six, bowing and walking
+backwards. 'The banquet is spread.'
+
+It turned out to be spread on three tables, one along each side of a
+great room, and one across the top of the room, on a dais--such a table
+as that high one at which dons and distinguished strangers sit in the
+Halls of colleges.
+
+Mr. Noah was already in his place in the middle of the high table, and
+Lucy and Philip now took their places at each side of him. The table was
+spread with all sorts of nice-looking foods and plates of a
+pink-and-white pattern very familiar to Philip. They were, in fact, as
+he soon realised, the painted wooden plates from his sister's old dolls'
+house. There was no food just in front of the children, only a great
+empty bowl of silver.
+
+Philip fingered his knife and fork; the pattern of those also was
+familiar to him. They were indeed the little leaden ones out of the
+dolls' house knife-basket of green and silver filagree. He hungrily
+waited. Servants in straight yellow dresses and red masks and caps were
+beginning to handle the dishes. A dish was handed to him. A beautiful
+jelly it looked like. He took up his spoon and was just about to help
+himself, when Mr. Noah whispered ardently, 'Don't!' and as Philip looked
+at him in astonishment he added, still in a whisper, 'Pretend, can't
+you? Have you never had a pretending banquet?' But before he had caught
+the whisper, Philip had tried to press the edge of the leaden spoon into
+the shape of jelly. And he felt that the jelly was quite hard. He went
+through the form of helping himself, but it was just nothing that he put
+on his plate. And he saw that Mr. Noah and Lucy and all the other guests
+did the same. Presently another dish was handed to him. There was no
+changing of plates. 'They _needn't_,' Philip thought bitterly. This time
+it was a fat goose, not carved, and now Philip saw that it was attached
+to its dish with glue. Then he understood.
+
+(You know the beautiful but uneatable feasts which are given you in a
+white cardboard box with blue binding and fine shavings to pack the
+dishes and keep them from breaking? I myself, when I was little, had
+such a banquet in a box. There were twelve dishes: a ham, brown and
+shapely; a pair of roast chickens, also brown and more anatomical than
+the ham; a glazed tongue, real tongue-shape, none of your tinned round
+mysteries; a dish of sausages; two handsome fish, a little blue,
+perhaps; a joint of beef, ribs I think, very red as to the lean and very
+white in the fat parts; a pork pie, delicately bronzed like a traveller
+in Central Africa. For sweets I had shapes, shapes of beauty, a jelly
+and a cream; a Swiss roll too, and a plum pudding; asparagus there was
+also and a cauliflower, and a dish of the greenest peas in all this grey
+world. This was my banquet outfit. I remember that the woodenness of it
+all depressed us wonderfully; the oneness of dish and food baffled all
+make-believe. With the point of nurse's scissors we prised the viands
+from the platters. But their wooden nature was unconquerable. One could
+not pretend to eat a whole chicken any better when it was detached from
+its dish, and the sausages were one solid block. And when you licked the
+jelly it only tasted of glue and paint. And when we tried to re-roast
+the chickens at the nursery grate, they caught fire, and then they smelt
+of gasworks and india-rubber. But I am wandering. When you remember the
+things that happened when you were a child, you could go on writing
+about them for ever. I will put all this in brackets, and then you need
+not read it if you don't want to.)
+
+[Illustration: Mr. Noah whispered ardently, 'Don't!']
+
+But those painted wooden foods adhering firmly to their dishes were the
+kind of food of which the banquet now offered to Philip and Lucy was
+composed. Only they had more dishes than I had. They had as well a
+turkey, eight raspberry jam tarts, a pine-apple, a melon, a dish of
+oysters in the shell, a piece of boiled bacon and a leg of mutton. But
+all were equally wooden and uneatable.
+
+Philip and Lucy, growing hungrier and hungrier, pretended with sinking
+hearts to eat and enjoy the wooden feast. Wine was served in those
+little goblets which they knew so well, where the double glasses
+restrained and contained a red fluid which _looked_ like wine. They did
+not want wine, but they were thirsty as well as hungry.
+
+Philip wondered what the waiters were. He had plenty of time to wonder
+while the long banquet went on. It was not till he saw a group of them
+standing stiffly together at the end of the hall that he knew they must
+be the matches with which he had once peopled a city, no other
+inhabitants being at hand.
+
+When all the dishes had been handed, speeches happened.
+
+'Friends and fellow-citizens,' Mr. Noah began, and went on to say how
+brave and clever Sir Philip was, and how likely it was that he would
+turn out to be the Deliverer. Philip did not hear all this speech. He
+was thinking of things to eat.
+
+Then every one in the hall stood and shouted, and Philip found that he
+was expected to take his turn at speech-making. He stood up trembling
+and wretched.
+
+'Friends and fellow-citizens,' he said, 'thank you very much. I want to
+be the Deliverer, but I don't know if I can,' and sat down again amid
+roars of applause.
+
+Then there was music, from a grated gallery. And then--I cannot begin to
+tell you how glad Lucy and Philip were--Mr. Noah said, once more in a
+whisper, 'Cheer up! the banquet is over. _Now_ we'll have tea.'
+
+'Tea' turned out to be bread and milk in a very cosy, blue-silk-lined
+room opening out of the banqueting-hall. Only Lucy, Philip and Mr. Noah
+were present. Bread and milk is very good even when you have to eat it
+with the leaden spoons out of the dolls'-house basket. When it was much
+later Mr. Noah suddenly said 'good-night,' and in a maze of sleepy
+repletion (look that up in the dicker, will you?) the children went to
+bed. Philip's bed was of gold with yellow satin curtains, and Lucy's was
+made of silver, with curtains of silk that were white. But the metals
+and colours made no difference to their deep and dreamless sleep.
+
+And in the morning there was bread and milk again, and the two of them
+had it in the blue room without Mr. Noah.
+
+'Well,' said Lucy, looking up from the bowl of white floating cubes, 'do
+you think you're getting to like me any better?'
+
+'_No_,' said Philip, brief and stern like the skipper in the song.
+
+'I wish you would,' said Lucy.
+
+'Well, I can't,' said Philip; 'but I do want to say one thing. I'm sorry
+I bunked and left you. And I did come back.'
+
+'I know you did,' said Lucy.
+
+'I came back to fetch you,' said Philip, 'and now we'd better get along
+home.'
+
+'You've got to do seven deeds of power before you can get home,' said
+Lucy.
+
+'Oh! I remember, Perrin told me,' said he.
+
+'Well,' Lucy went on, 'that'll take ages. No one can go out of this
+place _twice_ unless he's a King-Deliverer. You've gone out
+_once_--without _me_. Before you can go again you've got to do seven
+noble deeds.'
+
+'I killed the dragon,' said Philip, modestly proud.
+
+'That's only one,' she said; 'there are six more.' And she ate bread and
+milk with firmness.
+
+'Do you like this adventure?' he asked abruptly.
+
+'It's more interesting than anything that ever happened to me,' she
+said. 'If you were nice I should like it awfully. But as it is----'
+
+'I'm sorry you don't think I'm nice,' said he.
+
+'Well, what do _you_ think?' she said.
+
+Philip reflected. He did not want not to be nice. None of us do. Though
+you might not think it to see how some of us behave. True politeness, he
+remembered having been told, consists in showing an interest in other
+people's affairs.
+
+'Tell me,' he said, very much wishing to be polite and nice. 'Tell me
+what happened after I--after I--after you didn't come down the ladder
+with me.'
+
+'Alone and deserted,' Lucy answered promptly, 'my sworn friend having
+hooked it and left me, I fell down, and both my hands were full of
+gravel, and the fierce soldiery surrounded me.'
+
+'I thought you were coming just behind me,' said Philip, frowning.
+
+'Well, I wasn't.'
+
+'And then.'
+
+'Well, then---- You _were_ silly not to stay. They surrounded me--the
+soldiers, I mean--and the captain said, "Tell me the truth. Are you a
+Destroyer or a Deliverer?" So, of course, I said I wasn't a destroyer,
+whatever I was; and then they took me to the palace and said I could be
+a Princess till the Deliverer King turned up. They said,' she giggled
+gaily, 'that my hair was the hair of a Deliverer and not of a Destroyer,
+and I've been most awfully happy ever since. Have you?'
+
+'No,' said Philip, remembering the miserable feeling of having been a
+coward and a sneak that had come upon him when he found that he had
+saved his own skin and left Lucy alone in an unknown and dangerous
+world; 'not exactly happy, I shouldn't call it.'
+
+'It's beautiful being a Princess,' said Lucy. 'I wonder what your next
+noble deed will be. I wonder whether I could help you with it?' She
+looked wistfully at him.
+
+'If I'm going to do noble deeds I'll do them. I don't want any help,
+thank you, especially from girls,' he answered.
+
+'I wish you did,' said Lucy, and finished her bread and milk.
+
+Philip's bowl also was empty. He stretched arms and legs and neck.
+
+'It is rum,' he said; 'before this began I never thought a thing like
+this _could_ begin, did you?'
+
+'I don't know,' she said, 'everything's very wonderful. I've always been
+expecting things to be more wonderful than they ever have been. You get
+sort of hints and nudges, you know. Fairy tales--yes, and dreams, you
+can't help feeling they must mean _something_. And your sister and my
+daddy; the two of them being such friends when they were little, and
+then parted and then getting friends again;--_that's_ like a story in a
+dream, isn't it? And your building the city and me helping. And my daddy
+being such a dear darling and your sister being such a darling dear. It
+did make me think beautiful things were sort of likely. Didn't it you?'
+
+'No,' said Philip; 'I mean yes,' he said, and he was in that moment
+nearer to liking Lucy than he had ever been before; 'everything's very
+wonderful, isn't it?'
+
+'Ahem!' said a respectful cough behind them.
+
+They turned to meet the calm gaze of Double-six.
+
+'If you've quite finished breakfast, Sir Philip,' he said, 'Mr. Noah
+would be pleased to see you in his office.'
+
+'Me too?' said Lucy, before Philip could say, 'Only me, I suppose?'
+
+'You may come too, if you wish it, your Highness,' said Double-six,
+bowing stiffly.
+
+They found Mr. Noah very busy in a little room littered with papers; he
+was sitting at a table writing.
+
+'Good-morning, Princess,' he said, 'good-morning, Sir Philip. You see me
+very busy. I am trying to arrange for your next labour.'
+
+'Do you mean my next deed of valour?' Philip asked.
+
+'We have decided that all your deeds need not be deeds of valour,' said
+Mr. Noah, fiddling with a pen. 'The strange labours of Hercules, you
+remember, were some of them dangerous and some merely difficult. I have
+decided that difficult things shall count. There are several things that
+really _need_ doing,' he went on half to himself. 'There's the fruit
+supply, and the Dwellers by the sea, and---- But that must wait. We try
+to give you as much variety as possible. Yesterday's was an out-door
+adventure. To-day's shall be an indoor amusement. I say to-day's but I
+confess that I think it not unlikely that the task I am now about to set
+the candidate for the post of King-Deliverer, the task, I say, which I
+am now about to set you, may, quite possibly, occupy some days, if not
+weeks of your valuable time.'
+
+'But our people at home,' said Philip. 'It isn't that I'm afraid, really
+and truly it isn't, but they'll go out of their minds, not knowing
+what's become of us. Oh, Mr. Noah! do let us go back.'
+
+'It's all right,' said Mr. Noah. 'However long you stay here time won't
+move with them. I thought I'd explained that to you.'
+
+'But you said----'
+
+'I said you'd set our clocks to the time of _your_ world when you
+deserted your little friend. But when you had come back for her, and
+rescued her from the dragon, the clocks went their own time again.
+There's only just that time missing that happened between your coming
+here the second time and your killing the dragon.'
+
+'I see,' said Philip. But he didn't. I only hope _you_ do.
+
+'You can take your time about this new job,' said Mr. Noah, 'and you may
+get any help you like. I shan't consider you've failed till you've been
+at it three months. After that the Pretenderette would be entitled to
+_her_ chance.'
+
+'If you're quite sure that the time here doesn't count at home,' said
+Philip, 'what is it, please, that we've got to do?'
+
+'The greatest intellects of our country have for many ages occupied
+themselves with the problem which you are now asked to solve,' said Mr.
+Noah. 'Your late gaoler, Mr. Bacon-Shakespeare, has written no less than
+twenty-seven volumes, all in cypher, on this very subject. But as he has
+forgotten what cypher he used, and no one else ever knew it, his volumes
+are of but little use to us.'
+
+'I see,' said Philip. And again he didn't.
+
+Mr. Noah rose to his full height, and when he stood up the children
+looked very small beside him.
+
+'Now,' he said, 'I will tell you what it is that you must do. I should
+like to decree that your second labour should be the tidying up of this
+room--_all_ these papers are prophecies relating to the Deliverer--but
+it is one of our laws that the judge must not use any public matter for
+his own personal benefit. So I have decided that the next labour shall
+be the disentangling of the Mazy Carpet. It is in the Pillared Hall of
+Public Amusements. I will get my hat and we will go there at once. I
+can tell you about it as we go.'
+
+And as they went down streets and past houses and palaces all of which
+Philip could now dimly remember to have built at some time or other, Mr.
+Noah went on:
+
+'It is a very beautiful hall, but we have never been able to use it for
+public amusement or anything else. The giant who originally built this
+city placed in this hall a carpet so thick that it rises to your knees,
+and so intricately woven that none can disentangle it. It is far too
+thick to pass through any of the doors. It is your task to remove it.'
+
+'Why that's as easy as easy,' said Philip. 'I'll cut it in bits and
+bring out a bit at a time.'
+
+'That would be most unfortunate for you,' said Mr. Noah. 'I filed only
+this morning a very ancient prophecy:
+
+ 'He who shall the carpet sever,
+ By fire or flint or steel,
+ Shall be fed on orange pips for ever,
+ And dressed in orange peel.
+
+You wouldn't like that, you know.'
+
+'No,' said Philip grimly, 'I certainly shouldn't.'
+
+'The carpet must be _unravelled_, unwoven, so that not a thread is
+broken. Here is the hall.'
+
+They went up steps--Philip sometimes wished he had not been so fond of
+building steps--and through a dark vestibule to an arched door. Looking
+through it they saw a great hall and at its end a raised space, more
+steps, and two enormous pillars of bronze wrought in relief with figures
+of flying birds.
+
+'Father's Japanese vases,' Lucy whispered.
+
+The floor of the room was covered by the carpet. It was loosely but
+difficultly woven of very thick soft rope of a red colour. When I say
+difficultly, I mean that it wasn't just straight-forward in the weaving,
+but the threads went over and under and round about in such a determined
+and bewildering way that Philip felt--and said--that he would rather
+untie the string of a hundred of the most difficult parcels than tackle
+this.
+
+'Well,' said Mr. Noah, 'I leave you to it. Board and lodging will be
+provided at the Provisional Palace where you slept last night. All
+citizens are bound to assist when called upon. Dinner is at one.
+_Good_-morning!'
+
+Philip sat down in the dark archway and gazed helplessly at the twisted
+strands of the carpet. After a moment of hesitation Lucy sat down too,
+clasped her arms round her knees, and she also gazed at the carpet. They
+had all the appearance of shipwrecked mariners looking out over a great
+sea and longing for a sail.
+
+'Ha ha--tee hee!' said a laugh close behind them. They turned. And it
+was the motor-veiled lady, the hateful Pretenderette, who had crept up
+close behind them, and was looking down at them through her veil.
+
+'What do you want?' said Philip severely.
+
+'I want to laugh,' said the motor lady. 'I want to laugh at _you_. And
+I'm going to.'
+
+'Well go and laugh somewhere else then,' Philip suggested.
+
+'Ah! but this is where I want to laugh. You and your carpet! You'll
+never do it. You don't know how. But _I_ do.'
+
+'Come away,' whispered Lucy, and they went. The Pretenderette followed
+slowly. Outside, a couple of Dutch dolls in check suits were passing,
+arm in arm.
+
+'Help!' cried Lucy suddenly, and the Dutch dolls paused and took their
+hats off.
+
+'What is it?' the taller doll asked, stroking his black painted
+moustache.
+
+'Mr. Noah said all citizens were bound to help us,' said Lucy a little
+breathlessly.
+
+'But of course,' said the shorter doll, bowing with stiff courtesy.
+
+'Then,' said Lucy, 'will you _please_ take that motor person away and
+put her somewhere where she can't bother till we've done the carpet?'
+
+'Delighted,' exclaimed the agreeable Dutch strangers, darted up the
+steps and next moment emerged with the form of the Pretenderette between
+them, struggling indeed, but struggling vainly.
+
+'You need not have the slightest further anxiety,' the taller Dutchman
+said; 'dismiss the incident from your mind. We will take her to the hall
+of justice. Her offence is bothering people in pursuit of their duty.
+The sentence is imprisonment for as long as the botheree chooses.
+Good-morning.'
+
+'Oh, _thank you_!' said both the children together.
+
+When they were alone, Philip said--and it was not easy to say it:
+
+'That was jolly clever of you, Lucy. I should never have thought of it.'
+
+'Oh, that's nothing,' said Lucy, looking down. 'I could do more than
+that.'
+
+'What?' he asked.
+
+'I could unravel the carpet,' said Lucy, with deep solemnity.
+
+'But it's me that's got to do it,' Philip urged.
+
+'Every citizen is bound to help, if called in,' Lucy reminded him. 'And
+I suppose a princess _is_ a citizen.'
+
+'Perhaps I can do it by myself,' said Philip.
+
+'Try,' said Lucy, and sat down on the steps, her fairy skirts spreading
+out round her like a white double hollyhock.
+
+He tried. He went back and looked at the great coarse cables of the
+carpet. He could see no end to the cables, no beginning to his task. And
+Lucy just went on sitting there like a white hollyhock. And time went
+on, and presently became, rather urgently, dinner-time.
+
+So he went back to Lucy and said:
+
+'All right, you can show me how to do it, if you like.'
+
+But Lucy replied:
+
+'Not much! If you want me to help you with _this_, you'll have to
+promise to let me help in all the other things. And you'll have to _ask_
+me to help--ask me politely too.'
+
+'I shan't then,' said Philip. But in the end he had to--politely also.
+
+'With pleasure,' said Lucy, the moment he asked her, and he could see
+she had been making up what she should answer, while he was making up
+his mind to ask. 'I shall be delighted to help you in this and all the
+other tasks. Say yes.'
+
+'Yes,' said Philip, who was very hungry.
+
+'"In this and all the other tasks" say.'
+
+'In this and all the other tasks,' he said. 'Go on. How can we do it?'
+
+'It's _crochet_,' Lucy giggled. 'It's a little crochet mat I'd made of
+red wool; and I put it in the hall that night. You've just got to find
+the end and pull, and it all comes undone. You just want to find the end
+and pull.'
+
+'It's too heavy for us to pull.'
+
+'Well,' said Lucy, who had certainly had time to think everything out,
+'you get one of those twisty round things they pull boats out of the sea
+with, and I'll find the end while you're getting it.'
+
+She ran up the steps and Philip looked round the buildings on the other
+three sides of the square, to see if any one of them looked like a
+capstan shop, for he understood, as of course you also have done, that a
+capstan was what Lucy meant.
+
+On a building almost opposite he read, 'Naval Necessaries Supply
+Company,' and he ran across to it.
+
+'Rather,' said the secretary of the company, a plump sailor-doll, when
+Philip had explained his needs. 'I'll send a dozen men over at once.
+Only too proud to help, Sir Philip. The navy is always keen on helping
+valour and beauty.'
+
+'I want to be brave,' said Philip, 'but I'd rather not be beautiful.'
+
+'Of course not,' said the secretary; and added surprisingly, 'I meant
+the Lady Lucy.'
+
+'Oh!' said Philip.
+
+So twelve bluejackets and a capstan outside the Hall of Public
+Amusements were soon the centre of a cheering crowd. Lucy had found the
+end of the rope, and two sailors dragged it out and attached it to the
+capstan, and then--round and round with a will and a breathless
+chanty--the carpet was swiftly unravelled. Dozens of eager helpers stood
+on the parts of the carpet which were not being unravelled, to keep it
+steady while the pulling went on.
+
+The news of Philip's success spread like wild-fire through the city, and
+the crowds gathered thicker and thicker. The great doors beyond the
+pillars with the birds on them were thrown open, and Mr. Noah and the
+principal citizens stood there to see the end of the unravelling.
+
+'Bravo!' said every one in tremendous enthusiasm. 'Bravo! Sir Philip.'
+
+'It wasn't me,' said Philip difficultly, when the crowd paused for
+breath; 'it was Lucy thought of it.'
+
+'Bravo! Bravo!' shouted the crowd louder than ever. 'Bravo, for the Lady
+Lucy! Bravo for Sir Philip, the modest truth-teller!'
+
+[Illustration: So, all down the wide clear floor, Lucy danced.]
+
+'Bravo, my dear,' said Mr. Noah, waving his hat and thumping Lucy on the
+back.
+
+'I'm awfully glad I thought of it,' she said; 'that makes two deeds Sir
+Philip's done, doesn't it? Two out of the seven.'
+
+'Yes, indeed,' said Mr. Noah enthusiastically. 'I must make him a
+baronet now. His title will grow grander with each deed. There's an old
+prophecy that the person who finds out how to unravel the carpet must be
+the first to dance in the Hall of Public Amusements.
+
+ 'The clever one, the noble one,
+ Who makes the carpet come undone,
+ Shall be the first to dance a measure
+ Within the Hall of public pleasure.
+
+I suppose public _amusement_ was too difficult a rhyme even for these
+highly-skilled poets, our astrologers. You, my child, seem to have been
+well inspired in your choice of a costume. Dance, then, my Lady Lucy,
+and let the prophecy be fulfilled.'
+
+So, all down the wide clear floor of the Hall of Public Amusement, Lucy
+danced. And the people of the city looked on and applauded, Philip with
+the rest.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THE LIONS IN THE DESERT
+
+
+'But why?' asked Philip at dinner, which was no painted wonder of wooden
+make-believe, but real roast guinea-fowl and angel pudding, 'Why do you
+only have wooden things to eat at your banquets?'
+
+'Banquets are extremely important occasions,' said Mr. Noah, 'and real
+food--food that you can eat and enjoy--only serves to distract the mind
+from the serious affairs of life. Many of the most successful caterers
+in your world have grasped this great truth.'
+
+'But why,' Lucy asked, 'do you have the big silver bowls with nothing in
+them?'
+
+Mr. Noah sighed. 'The bowls are for dessert,' he said.
+
+'But there isn't any dessert _in_ them,' Lucy objected.
+
+'No,' said Mr. Noah, sighing again, 'that's just it. There is no
+dessert. There has never been any dessert. Will you have a little more
+angel pudding?'
+
+It was quite plain to Lucy and Philip that Mr. Noah wished to change the
+subject, which, for some reason, was a sad one, and with true politeness
+they both said 'Yes, please,' to the angel pudding offer, though they
+had already had quite as much as they really needed.
+
+After dinner Mr. Noah took them for a walk through the town, 'to see the
+factories,' he said. This surprised Philip, who had been taught not to
+build factories with his bricks because factories were so ugly, but the
+factories turned out to be pleasant, long, low houses, with tall French
+windows opening into gardens of roses, where people of all nations made
+beautiful and useful things, and loved making them. And all the people
+who were making them looked clean and happy.
+
+'I wish we had factories like those,' Philip said. 'Our factories _are_
+so ugly. Helen says so.'
+
+'That's because all your factories are _money_ factories,' said Mr.
+Noah, 'though they're called by all sorts of different names. Every one
+here has to make something that isn't just money or _for_
+money--something useful _and_ beautiful.'
+
+'Even you?' said Lucy.
+
+'Even I,' said Mr. Noah.
+
+'What do you make?' the question was bound to come.
+
+'Laws, of course,' Mr. Noah answered in some surprise. 'Didn't you know
+I was the Chief Judge?'
+
+'But laws can't be useful and beautiful, can they?'
+
+'They can certainly be useful,' said Mr. Noah, 'and,' he added with
+modest pride, 'my laws are beautiful. What do you think of this?
+"Everybody must try to be kind to everybody else. Any one who has been
+unkind must be sorry and say so."'
+
+'It seems all right,' said Philip, 'but it's not exactly beautiful.'
+
+'Oh, don't you think so?' said Mr. Noah, a little hurt; 'it mayn't
+_sound_ beautiful perhaps--I never could write poetry--but it's quite
+beautiful when people do it.'
+
+'Oh, if you mean your laws are beautiful when they're _kept_,' said
+Philip.
+
+'Beautiful things can't be beautiful when they're broken, of course,'
+Mr. Noah explained. 'Not even laws. But ugly laws are only beautiful
+when they _are_ broken. That's odd, isn't it? Laws are very tricky
+things.'
+
+'I say,' Philip said suddenly, as they climbed one of the steep flights
+of steps between trees in pots, 'couldn't we do another of the deeds
+now? I don't feel as if I'd really done anything to-day at all. It was
+Lucy who did the carpet. Do tell us the next deed.'
+
+'The next deed,' Mr. Noah answered, 'will probably take some time.
+There's no reason why you should not begin it to-day if you like. It is
+a deed peculiarly suited to a baronet. I don't know why,' he added
+hastily; 'it may be that it is the only thing that baronets are good
+for. I shouldn't wonder. The existence of baronets,' he added musingly,
+'has always seemed to the thoughtful to lack justification. Perhaps this
+deed which you will begin to-day is the wise end to which baronets were
+designed.'
+
+'Yes, I daresay,' said Philip; 'but what is the end?'
+
+'I don't know,' Mr. Noah owned, 'but I'll tell you what the _deed_ is.
+You've got to journey to the land of the Dwellers by the Sea and, by any
+means that may commend itself to you, slay their fear.'
+
+Philip naturally asked what the Dwellers by the Sea were afraid of.
+
+'That you will learn from them,' said Mr. Noah; 'but it is a very great
+fear.'
+
+'Is it something we shall be afraid of _too_?' Lucy asked. And Philip at
+once said, 'Oh, then she really did mean to come, did she? But she
+wasn't to if she was afraid. Girls weren't expected to be brave.'
+
+'They _are_, here,' said Mr. Noah, 'the girls are expected to be brave
+and the boys kind.'
+
+'Oh,' said Philip doubtfully. And Lucy said:
+
+'Of course I meant to come. You know you promised.'
+
+So that was settled.
+
+'And now,' said Mr. Noah, rubbing his hands with the cheerful air of one
+who has a great deal to do and is going to enjoy doing it, 'we must fit
+you out a proper expedition, for the Dwellers by the Sea are a very long
+way off. What would you like to ride on?'
+
+'A horse,' said Philip, truly pleased. He said horse, because he did not
+want to ride a donkey, and he had never seen any one ride any animal but
+these two.
+
+'That's right,' Mr. Noah said, patting him on the back. 'I _was_ so
+afraid you'd ask for a bicycle. And there's a dreadful law here--it was
+made by mistake, but there it is--that if any one asks for machinery
+they have to have it and keep on using it. But as to a horse. Well, I'm
+not sure. You see, you have to ride right across the pebbly waste, and
+it's a good three days' journey. But come along to the stables.'
+
+You know the kind of stables they would be? The long shed with stalls
+such as you had, when you were little, for your little wooden horses and
+carts? Only there were not only horses here, but every sort of animal
+that has ever been ridden on. Elephants, camels, donkeys, mules, bulls,
+goats, zebras, tortoises, ostriches, bisons, and pigs. And in the last
+stall of all, which was not of common wood but of beaten silver, stood
+the very Hippogriff himself, with his long, white mane and his long,
+white tail, and his gentle, beautiful eyes. His long, white wings were
+folded neatly on his satin-smooth back, and how he and the stall got
+here was more than Philip could guess. All the others were Noah's Ark
+animals, alive, of course, but still Noah's Arky beyond possibility of
+mistake. But the Hippogriff was not Noah's Ark at all.
+
+'He came,' Mr. Noah explained, 'out of a book. One of the books you used
+to build your city with.'
+
+'Can't we have _him_?' Lucy said; 'he looks such a darling.' And the
+Hippogriff turned his white velvet nose and nuzzled against her in
+affectionate acknowledgment of the compliment.
+
+'Not if you both go,' Mr. Noah explained. 'He cannot carry more than one
+person at a time unless one is an Earl. No, if I may advise, I should
+say go by camel.'
+
+'Can the camel carry two?'
+
+'Of course. He is called the ship of the desert,' Mr. Noah informed
+them, 'and a ship that wouldn't carry more than one would be simply
+silly.'
+
+So _that_ was settled. Mr. Noah himself saddled and bridled the camel,
+which was a very large one, with his own hands.
+
+'Let me see,' he said, standing thoughtful with the lead rope in his
+hand, 'you'll be wanting dogs--'
+
+'I _always_ want dogs,' said Philip warmly.
+
+'--to use in emergencies.' He whistled and two Noah's Ark dogs leaped
+from their kennels to their chains' end. They were dachshunds, very long
+and low, and very alike except that one was a little bigger and a little
+browner than the other.
+
+'This is your master and that's your mistress,' Mr. Noah explained to
+the dogs, and they fawned round the children.
+
+'Then you'll want things to eat and things to drink and tents and
+umbrellas in case of bad weather, and---- But let's turn down this
+street; just at the corner we shall find exactly what we want.'
+
+It was a shop that said outside 'Universal Provider. Expeditions fitted
+out at a moment's notice. Punctuality and dispatch.' The shopkeeper came
+forward politely. He was so exactly like Mr. Noah that the children knew
+who he was even before he said, 'Well, father,' and Mr. Noah said, 'This
+is my son: he has had some experience in outfits.'
+
+'What have you got to start with?' the son asked, getting to business at
+once.
+
+'Two dogs, two children, and a camel,' said Mr. Noah. 'Yes, I know it's
+customary to have two of everything, but I assure you, my dear boy, that
+one camel is as much as Sir Philip can manage. It is indeed.'
+
+Mr. Noah's son very dutifully supposed that his father knew best and
+willingly agreed to provide everything that was needed for the
+expedition, including one best-quality talking parrot, and to deliver
+all goods, carefully packed, within half an hour.
+
+ . . . . . . .
+
+So now you see Philip, and Lucy who still wore her fairy dress, packed
+with all their belongings on the top of a very large and wobbly camel,
+and being led out of the city by the usual procession, with seven bands
+of music all playing 'See the Conquering Hero goes,' quite a different
+tune from the one you know, which has a name a little like that.
+
+The camel and its load were rather a tight fit for the particular
+gateway that they happened to go out by, and the children had to stoop
+to avoid scraping their heads against the top of the arch. But they got
+through all right, and now they were well on the road which was really
+little more than a field path running through the flowery meadow country
+where the dragon had been killed. They saw the Stonehenge ruins and the
+big tower far away to the left, and in front lay the vast and
+interesting expanse of the Absolutely Unknown.
+
+The sun was shining--there was a sun, and Mr. Noah had told the
+children that it came out of the poetry books, together with rain and
+flowers and the changing seasons--and in spite of the strange,
+almost-tumble-no-it's-all-right-but-you'd-better-look-out way in which
+the camel walked, the two travellers were very happy. The dogs bounded
+along in the best of spirits, and even the camel seemed less a prey than
+usual to that proud melancholy which you must have noticed in your
+visits to the Zoo as his most striking quality.
+
+It was certainly very grand to ride on a camel, and Lucy tried not to
+think how difficult it would be to get on and off. The parrot was
+interesting too. It talked extremely well. Of course you understand
+that, if you can only make a parrot understand, it can tell you
+everything you want to know about other animals; because it understands
+_their_ talk quite naturally and without being made. The present parrot
+declined ordinary conversation, and when questioned only recited poetry
+of a rather dull kind that went on and on. 'Arms and the man I sing' it
+began, and then something about haughty Juno. Its voice was soothing,
+and riding on the camel was not unlike being rocked in a very bumpety
+cradle. The children were securely seated in things like padded
+panniers, and they had had an exciting day. As the sun set, which it did
+quite soon, the parrot called out to the nearest dog, 'I say, Max,
+they're asleep.'
+
+[Illustration: On the top of a very large and wobbly camel.]
+
+'I don't wonder,' said Max. 'But it's all right. Humpty knows the way.'
+
+'Keep a civil tongue in your head, you young dog, can't you?' said the
+camel grumpily.
+
+'Don't be cross, darling,' said the other dog, whose name was Brenda,
+'and be sure you stop at a really first-class oasis for the night. But I
+know we can trust _you_, dear.'
+
+The camel muttered that it was all very well, but his voice was not
+quite as cross as before.
+
+After that the expedition went on in silence through the deepening
+twilight.
+
+A tumbling, shaking, dumping sensation, more like a soft railway
+accident than anything else, awakened our travellers, and they found
+that the camel was kneeling down.
+
+'Off you come,' said the parrot, 'and make the fire and boil the
+kettle.'
+
+'Polly put the kettle on,' Lucy said absently, as she slid down to the
+ground; to which the parrot replied, 'Certainly not. I wish you wouldn't
+rake up that old story. It was quite false. I never did put a kettle on,
+and I never will.'
+
+Why should I describe to you the adventure of camping at an oasis in a
+desert? You must all have done it many times; or if you have not done
+it, you have read about it. You know all about the well and the palm
+trees and the dates and things. They had cocoa for supper. It was great
+fun, and they slept soundly and awoke in the morning with a heart for
+any fate, as a respectable poet puts it.
+
+The next day was just the same as the first, only instead of going
+through fresh green fields, the way lay through dry yellow desert. And
+again the children slept, and again the camel chose an oasis with
+remarkable taste and judgment. But the second night was not at all the
+same as the first. For in the middle of it the parrot awakened Philip by
+biting his ear, and then hopping to a safe distance from his awakening
+fists and crying out, 'Make up the camp fire--look alive. It's lions.'
+The dogs were whining and barking, and Brenda was earnestly trying to
+climb a palm tree. Max faced the danger, it is true, but he seemed to
+have no real love of sport.
+
+Philip sprang up and heaped dead palm scales and leaves on the dying
+fire. It blazed up and something moved beyond the bushes. Philip
+wondered whether those pairs of shining things, like strayed stars, that
+he saw in the darkness, could really be the eyes of lions.
+
+'What a nuisance these lions are to be sure,' said the parrot. 'No, they
+won't come near us while the fire's burning, but really, they ought to
+be put down by law.'
+
+'Why doesn't somebody kill them?' Lucy asked. She had wakened when
+Philip did, and, after a meditative minute, had helped with the palm
+scales and things.
+
+'It's not so easy,' said the parrot; 'nobody knows how to do it. How
+would _you_ kill a lion?'
+
+'_I_ don't know,' said Philip; but Lucy said, 'Are they Noah's Ark
+lions?'
+
+'Of course they are,' said Polly; 'all the books with lions in them are
+kept shut up.'
+
+'I know how you could kill Noah's Ark lions if you could catch them,'
+Lucy said.
+
+'It's easy enough to catch them,' said Polly; 'an hour after dawn they
+go to sleep, but it's unsportsmanlike to kill game when it's asleep.'
+
+'I'm going to think, if you don't mind,' Lucy announced, and sat down
+very near the fire. 'It's just the opposite of the dragon,' she said
+after a minute. The parrot nodded and there was a long silence. Then
+suddenly Lucy jumped up.
+
+'I know,' she cried, 'oh--I really _do_ know. And it won't hurt them
+either. I don't a bit mind killing things, but I do hate hurting them.
+There's plenty of rope, I know.'
+
+There was.
+
+'Then when it's dawn we'll tie them up and then you'll see.'
+
+'I think you might tell _me_,' said Philip, injured.
+
+'No--they may understand what we say. Polly does.'
+
+Philip made a natural suggestion. But Lucy replied that it was not
+manners to whisper, and the parrot said that it should think not indeed.
+
+So, sitting by the fire, all faces turned to where those strange twin
+stars shone and those strange hidden movements and rustlings stirred,
+the expedition waited for the dawn. Brenda had given up the
+tree-climbing idea, and was cuddling up as close to Lucy as possible.
+The camel, who had been trembling with fear all the while, tried to
+cuddle up to Philip, which would have been easier if it had been a
+smaller kind instead of being, as it was, what Mr. Noah's son, the
+Universal Provider, had called, 'an out size in camels.'
+
+And presently dawn came, not slow and silvery as dawns come here, but
+sudden and red, with strong level lights and the shadows of the palm
+trees stretching all across the desert.
+
+In broad daylight it did not seem so hard to have to go and look for the
+lions. They all went--even the camel pulled himself together to join the
+lion-hunt, and Brenda herself decided to come rather than be left alone.
+
+The lions were easily found. There were only two of them, of course, and
+they were lying close together, each on its tawny side on the sandy
+desert at the edge of the oasis.
+
+Very gently the ropes, with slip knots, were fitted over their heads,
+and the other end of the rope passed round a palm tree. Other ropes
+round the trees were passed round what would have been the waists of the
+lions if lions had such things as waists.
+
+'Now!' whispered Lucy, and at once all four ropes were pulled tight. The
+lions struggled, but only in their sleep. And soon they were still. Then
+with more and more ropes their legs and tails were made fast.
+
+'And that's all right,' said Lucy, rather out of breath. 'Where's
+Polly?'
+
+'Here,' replied that bird from a neighbouring bush. 'I thought I should
+only be in the way if I kept close to you. But I longed to lend a claw
+in such good work. Can I help _now_?'
+
+'Will you please explain to the dogs?' said Lucy. 'It's their turn now.
+The only way I know to kill Noah's Ark lions is to _lick the paint off_
+and break their legs. And if the dogs lick all the paint off their legs
+they won't feel it when we break them.'
+
+Polly hastened to explain to the dogs, and then turned again to Lucy.
+
+'They asked if you're sure the ropes will hold, and I've told them of
+course. So now they're going to begin. I only hope the paint won't make
+them ill.'
+
+'It never did me,' said Lucy. 'I sucked the dove quite clean one Sunday,
+and it wasn't half bad. Tasted of sugar a little and eucalyptus oil like
+they give you when you've got a cold. Tell them that, Polly.'
+
+Polly did, and added, 'I will recite poetry to them to hearten them to
+their task.'
+
+'Do,' said Philip heartily, 'it may make them hurry up. But perhaps
+you'd better tell them that we shall pinch their tails if they happen to
+go to sleep.'
+
+Then the children had a cocoa-and-date breakfast. (All expeditions seem
+to live mostly on cocoa, and when they come back they often write to the
+cocoa makers to say how good it was and they don't know what they would
+have done without it.) And the noble and devoted dogs licked and licked
+and licked, and the paint began to come off the lions' legs like
+anything. It was heavy work turning the lions over so as to get at the
+other or unlicked side, but the expedition worked with a will, and the
+lions resisted but feebly, being still asleep, and, besides, weak from
+loss of paint. And the dogs had a drink given them and were patted and
+praised, and set to work again. And they licked and licked for hours and
+hours. And in the end all the paint was off the lions' legs, and Philip
+chopped them off with the explorer's axe which that experienced
+Provider, Mr. Noah's son, had thoughtfully included in the outfit of the
+expedition. And as he chopped the chips flew, and Lucy picked one up,
+and it was _wood_, just wood and nothing else, though when they had
+tied it up it had been real writhing resisting lion-leg and no mistake.
+And when all the legs were chopped off, Philip put his hand on a lion
+body, and that was wood too. So the lions were dead indeed.
+
+[Illustration: It was heavy work turning the lions over.]
+
+'It seems a pity,' he said. 'Lions are such jolly beasts when they are
+alive.'
+
+'I never cared for lions myself,' said Polly; and Lucy said, 'Never
+mind, Phil. It didn't hurt them anyway.'
+
+And that was the first time she ever called him Phil.
+
+'All right, Lu,' said Philip. 'It was jolly clever of you to think of it
+anyhow.'
+
+And that was the first time he ever called her Lu.
+
+ . . . . . . .
+
+They saw the straight pale line of the sea for a long time before they
+came to the place of the Dwellers by the Sea. For these people had built
+their castle down on the very edge of the sea, and the Pebbly Waste rose
+and rose to a mountain that hid their castle from the eyes of the
+camel-riders who were now drawing near to the scene of their next deed.
+The Pebbly Waste was all made of small slippery stones, and the children
+understood how horrid a horse would have found it. Even the camel
+went very slowly, and the dogs no longer frisked and bounded, but
+went at a foot's pace with drooping ears and tails.
+
+'I should call a halt, if I were you,' said Polly. 'We shall all be the
+better for a cup of cocoa. And besides----'
+
+Polly refused to explain this dark hint and only added, 'Look out for
+surprises.'
+
+'I thought,' said Philip, draining the last of his second mug of cocoa,
+'I thought there were no birds in the desert except you, and you're more
+a person than a bird. But look there.'
+
+Far away across the desert a moving speck showed, high up in the blue
+air. It grew bigger and bigger, plainly coming towards the camp. It was
+as big as a moth now, now as big as a teacup, now as big as an eagle,
+and----
+
+'But it's got four legs,' said Lucy.
+
+'Yes,' said the parrot; 'it would have, you know. It is the Hippogriff.'
+
+It was indeed that magnificent wonder. Flying through the air with long
+sweeps of his great white wings, the Hippogriff drew nearer and nearer,
+bearing on his back--what?
+
+'It's the Pretenderette,' cried Lucy, and at the same moment Philip
+said, 'It's that nasty motor thing.'
+
+It was. The Hippogriff dropped from the sky to the desert below as
+softly as a butterfly alighting on a flower, and stood there in all his
+gracious whiteness. And on his back was the veiled motor lady.
+
+'So glad I've caught you up,' she said in that hateful voice of hers;
+'now we can go on together.'
+
+'I don't see what you wanted to come at all for,' said Philip
+downrightly.
+
+'Oh, _don't_ you?' she said, sitting up there on the Hippogriff with her
+horrid motor veil fluttering in the breeze from the now hidden sea.
+'Why, of course, I have a right to be present at all experiments. There
+ought to be some responsible grown-up person to see that you really do
+what you're sure to say you've done.'
+
+'Do you mean that we're liars?' Philip asked hotly.
+
+'I don't mean to _say_ anything about it,' the Pretenderette answered
+with an unpleasant giggle, 'but a grown-up person ought to be present.'
+She added something about a parcel of birds and children. And the parrot
+ruffled his feathers till he looked twice his proper size.
+
+Philip said he didn't see it.
+
+'Oh, but _I_ do,' said the Pretenderette; 'if you fail, then it's my
+turn, and I might very likely succeed the minute after you'd failed. So
+we'll all go on comfortably together. _Won't_ that be nice?'
+
+A speechless despair seemed to have fallen on the party. Nobody spoke.
+The children looked blank, the dogs whined, the camel put on his
+haughtiest sneer, and the parrot fidgeted in his fluffed-out feather
+dress.
+
+'Let's be starting,' said the motor lady. 'Gee-up, pony!' A shiver ran
+through every one present. That a Pretenderette should dare to speak so
+to a Hippogriff!
+
+Suddenly the parrot spread its wings and flew to perch on Philip's
+shoulder. It whispered in his ear.
+
+'Whispering is not manners, I know,' it said, 'but your own generous
+heart will excuse me. "Parcel of birds and children." Doesn't your blood
+boil?'
+
+Philip thought it did.
+
+'Well, then,' said the bird impatiently, 'what are we waiting for?
+You've only got to say the word and I'll take her back by the ear.'
+
+'I wish you would,' said Philip from the heart.
+
+'Nothing easier,' said the parrot, 'the miserable outsider! Intruding
+into _our_ expedition! I advise you to await my return here. Or if I am
+not back by the morning there will be no objection to your calling,
+about noon, on the Dwellers. I can rejoin you there. Good-bye.'
+
+It stroked his ear with a gentle and kindly beak and flew into the air
+and circled three times round the detested motor lady's head.
+
+'Get away,' she cried, flapping her hands furiously; 'call your silly
+Poll-parrot off, can't you?' And then she screamed, 'Oh! it's got hold
+of my ear!'
+
+'Oh, don't hurt her,' said Lucy.
+
+'I will not hurt her;' the parrot let the ear go on purpose to say this,
+and the Pretenderette covered both ears with her hands. 'You person in
+the veil, I shall take hold again in a moment. And it will hurt you much
+less if the Hippogriff and I happen to be flying in the same direction.
+See? If I were you I should just say "Go back the way you came, please,"
+to the Hippogriff, and then I shall hardly hurt you at all. Don't think
+of getting off. If you do, the dogs will have you. Keep your hands over
+your ears if you like. I know you can hear me well enough. Now I am
+going to take hold of you again. Keep your hands where they are. I'm not
+particular to an ear or so. A nose will do just as well.'
+
+The person on the Hippogriff put both hands to her nose. Instantly the
+parrot had her again by the ear.
+
+'Go back the way you came,' she cried; 'but I'll be even with you
+children yet.'
+
+The Hippogriff did not move.
+
+'Let go my ear,' screamed the lady.
+
+'You'll have to say please, you know,' said Philip; 'not to the bird, I
+don't mean that: that's no good. But to the Hippogriff.'
+
+'_Please_ then,' said the lady in a burst of temper, and instantly the
+white wings parted and spread and the Hippogriff rose in the air. Polly
+let the ear go for the moment to say:
+
+'I shan't hurt her so long as she behaves,' and then took hold again and
+his little grey wings and the big white wings of the Hippogriff went
+sailing away across the desert.
+
+'What a treasure of a parrot?' said Philip. But Lucy said:
+
+'Who _is_ that Pretenderette? Why is she so horrid to us when every one
+else is so nice?'
+
+'I don't know,' said Philip, 'hateful old thing.'
+
+'I can't help feeling as if I knew her quite well, if I could only
+remember who she is.'
+
+'Do you?' said Philip. 'I say, let's play noughts and crosses. I've got
+a notebook and a bit of pencil in my pocket. We might play till it's
+time to go to sleep.'
+
+So they played noughts and crosses on the Pebbly Waste, and behind them
+the parrot and the Hippogriff took away the tiresome one, and in front
+of them lay the high pebble ridge that was like a mountain, and beyond
+that was the unknown and the adventure and the Dwellers and the deed to
+be done.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+THE DWELLERS BY THE SEA
+
+
+You soon get used to things. It seemed quite natural and homelike to
+Philip to be wakened in bright early out-of-door's morning by the gentle
+beak of the parrot at his ear.
+
+'You got back all right then,' he said sleepily.
+
+'It was rather a long journey,' said the parrot, 'but I thought it
+better to come back by wing. The Hippogriff offered to bring me; he is
+the soul of courteous gentleness. But he was tired too. The
+Pretenderette is in gaol for the moment, but I'm afraid she'll get out
+again; we're so unused to having prisoners, you see. And it's no use
+putting _her_ on her honour, because----'
+
+'Because she hasn't any,' Philip finished.
+
+'I wouldn't say _that_,' said the parrot, 'of anybody. I'd only say we
+haven't come across it. What about breakfast?'
+
+'How meals do keep happening,' said Lucy, yawning; 'it seems only a few
+minutes since supper. And yet here we are, hungry again!'
+
+'Ah!' said the parrot, 'that's what people always feel when they have to
+get their meals themselves!'
+
+When the camel and the dogs had been served with breakfast, the children
+and the parrot sat down to eat. And there were many questions to ask.
+The parrot answered some, and some it didn't answer.
+
+'But there's one thing,' said Lucy, 'I do most awfully want to know.
+About the Hippogriff. How did it get out of the book?'
+
+'It's a long story,' said the parrot, 'so I'll tell it shortly. That's a
+very good rule. Tell short stories longly and long stories shortly. Many
+years ago, in repairing one of the buildings, the masons removed the
+supports of one of the books which are part of the architecture. The
+book fell. It fell open, and out came the Hippogriff. Then they saw
+something struggling under the next page and lifted it, and out came a
+megatherium. So they shut the book and built it into the wall again.'
+
+'But how did the megawhatsitsname and the Hippogriff come to be the
+proper size?'
+
+'Ah! that's one of the eleven mysteries. Some sages suppose that the
+country gave itself a sort of shake and everything settled down into
+the size it ought to be. I think myself that it's the air. The moment
+you breathe this enchanted air you become the right size. _You_ did, you
+know.'
+
+'But why did they shut the book?'
+
+'It was a book of beasts. Who knows what might have come out next? A
+tiger perhaps. And ravening for its prey as likely as not.'
+
+'I see,' said Philip; 'and of course beasts weren't really _needed_,
+because of there being all the Noah's Ark ones.'
+
+'Yes,' said the parrot, 'so they shut the book.'
+
+'But the weather came out of books?'
+
+'That was another book, a poetry book. It had only one cover, so
+everything that was on the last page got out naturally. We got a lot out
+of that page, rain and sun and sky and clouds, mountains, gardens,
+roses, lilies, flowers in general, "Blossoms of delight" they were
+called in the book and trees and the sea, and the desert and silver and
+iron--as much of all of them as anybody could possibly want. There are
+no limits to poets' imaginations, you know.'
+
+'I see,' said Lucy, and took a large bite of cake. 'And where did you
+come from, Polly, dear?'
+
+'I,' said the parrot modestly, 'came out of the same book as the
+Hippogriff. We were on the same page. My wings entitled me to associate
+with him, of course, but I have sometimes thought they just put me in as
+a contrast. My smallness, his greatness; my red and green, his white.'
+
+'I see,' said Lucy again, 'and please will you tell us----'
+
+'Enough of this,' said the parrot; 'business before pleasure. You have
+begun the day with the pleasures of my conversation. You will have to
+work very hard to pay for this privilege.'
+
+So they washed up the breakfast things in warm water obligingly provided
+by the camel.
+
+'And now,' said the parrot, 'we must pack up and go on our way to
+destroy the fear of the Dwellers by the Sea.'
+
+'I wonder,' Brenda said to Max in an undertone, 'I wonder whether it
+wouldn't be best for dear little dogs to lose themselves? We could turn
+up later, and be so _very_ glad to be found.'
+
+'But why?' Max asked.
+
+'I've noticed,' said Brenda, sidling up to him with eager
+affectionateness, 'that wherever there's fear there's something to be
+afraid of, even if it's only your fancy. It would be dreadful for dear
+little dogs to be afraid, Max, wouldn't it? So undignified.'
+
+'My dear,' said Max heavily, 'I could give seven noble reasons for being
+faithful to our master. But I will only give you one. There is nothing
+to eat in the desert, and nothing to drink.'
+
+'You always were so noble, dearest,' said Brenda; 'so different from
+poor little me. I've only my affectionate nature. I know I'm only a
+silly little thing.'
+
+So when the camel lurched forward and the parrot took wing, the dogs
+followed closely.
+
+'Dear faithful things,' said Lucy. 'Brenda! Max! Nice dogs!'
+
+And the dogs politely responding, bounded enthusiastically.
+
+The journey was not long. Quite soon they found a sort of ravine or
+gully in the cliff, and a path that led through it. And then they were
+on the beach, very pebbly with small stones, and there was the home of
+the Dwellers by the Sea; and beyond it, broad and blue and beautiful,
+the sea by which they dwelt.
+
+The Dwelling seemed to be a sort of town of rounded buildings more like
+lime-kilns than anything else, with arched doors leading to dark
+insides. They were all built of tiny stones, such as lay on the beach.
+Beyond the huts or houses towered the castle, a vast rough structure
+with towers and arches and buttresses and bastions and glacis and
+bridges and a great moat all round it.
+
+'But I never built a city like that, did you?' Lucy asked as they drew
+near.
+
+'No,' Philip answered; 'at least--do you know, I do believe it's the
+sand castle Helen and I built last summer at Dymchurch. And those huts
+are the moulds I made of my pail--with the edges worn off, you know.'
+
+Towards the castle the travellers advanced, the camel lurching like a
+boat on a rough sea, and the dogs going with cat-like delicacy over the
+stones. They skirted large pools and tall rocks seaweed covered. Along a
+road broad enough for twelve chariots to have driven on it abreast,
+slowly they came to the great gate of the castle. And as they got
+nearer, they saw at every window heads leaning out; every battlement,
+every terrace, was crowded with figures. And when they were quite near,
+by throwing their heads very far back, so that their necks felt quite
+stiff for quite a long time afterwards, the children could see that all
+those people seemed quite young, and seemed to have very odd and
+delightful clothes--just a garment from shoulder to knee made, as it
+seemed, of dark fur.
+
+[Illustration: Slowly they came to the great gate of the castle.]
+
+'What lots of them there are,' said Philip; 'where did they come from?'
+
+'Out of a book,' said the parrot; 'but the authorities were very prompt
+that time. Only a line and a half got out.
+
+ 'Happy troops
+ Of gentle islanders.
+
+Those are the islanders.'
+
+'Then why,' asked Philip naturally, 'aren't they on an island?'
+
+'There's only one island, and no one is allowed on that except two
+people who never go there. But the islanders are happy even if they
+don't live on an island--always happy, except for the great fear.'
+
+Here the travellers began to cross one of the bridges across the moat,
+the bridge, in fact, which led to the biggest arch of all. It was a very
+rough arch, like the entrance to a cave.
+
+And from out its dark mouth came a little crowd of people.
+
+'They're savages,' said Lucy, shrinking till she seemed only an extra
+hump on the camel's back.
+
+They were indeed of a dark complexion, sunburnt in fact, but their faces
+were handsome and kindly. They waved friendly hands and smiled in the
+most agreeable and welcoming way.
+
+The tallest islander stepped out from the crowd. He was about as big as
+Philip.
+
+'They're not savages,' said Philip; 'don't be a donkey. They're just
+children.'
+
+'Hush!' said the parrot; 'the Lord High Islander is now about to begin
+the state address of welcome!'
+
+He was. And this was the address.
+
+'How jolly of you to come. Do get down off that camel and come indoors
+and have some grub. Jim, you might take that camel round to the stable
+and rub him down a bit. You'd like to keep the dogs with you, of course.
+And what about the parrot?'
+
+'Thanks awfully,' Philip responded, and slid off the camel, followed by
+Lucy; 'the parrot will make his own mind up--he always does.'
+
+They all trooped into the hall of the castle which was more like a cave
+than a hall and very dark, for the windows were little and high up. As
+Lucy's eyes got used to the light she perceived that the clothes of the
+islanders were not of skins but of seaweed.
+
+'I asked you in,' said the Lord High Islander, a jolly-looking boy of
+about Philip's age, 'out of politeness. But really it isn't dinner time,
+and the meet is in half an hour. So, unless you're really hungry----?'
+
+The children said 'Not at all!'
+
+'You hunt, of course?' the Lord High Islander said; 'it's really the
+only sport we get here, except fishing. Of course we play games and all
+that. I do hope you won't be dull.'
+
+'We came here on business,' the parrot remarked--and the happy islanders
+crowded round to see him, remarking--'these are Philip and Lucy,
+claimants to the Deliverership. They are doing their deeds, you know,'
+the parrot ended.
+
+Lucy whispered, 'It's really _Philip_ who is the claimant, not me; only
+the parrot's so polite.'
+
+The Lord High Islander frowned. 'We can talk about that afterwards,' he
+said; 'it's a pity to waste time now.'
+
+'What do you hunt?' Philip asked.
+
+'All the different kinds of graibeeste and the vertoblancs; and the
+blugraiwee, when we can find him,' said the Lord High Islander. 'But
+he's very scarce. Pinkuggers are more common, and much bigger, of
+course. Well, you'll soon see. If your camel's not quite fresh I can
+mount you both. What kind of animal do you prefer?'
+
+'What do you ride?' Philip asked.
+
+It appeared that the Lord High Islander rode a giraffe, and Philip
+longed to ride another. But Lucy said she would rather ride what she
+was used to, thank you.
+
+When they got out into the courtyard of the castle, they found it full
+of a crowd of animals, any of which you may find in the Zoo, or in your
+old Noah's ark if it was a sufficiently expensive one to begin with, and
+if you have not broken or lost too many of the inhabitants. Each animal
+had its rider and the party rode out on to the beach.
+
+'What _is_ it they hunt?' Philip asked the parrot, who had perched on
+his shoulder.
+
+'All the little animals in the Noah's ark that haven't any names,' the
+parrot told him. 'All those are considered fair game. Hullo!
+blugraiwee!' it shouted, as a little grey beast with blue spots started
+from the shelter of a rock and made for the cover of a patch of giant
+seaweed. Then all sorts of little animals got up and scurried off into
+places of security.
+
+'There goes a vertoblanc,' said the parrot, pointing to a bright green
+animal of uncertain shape, whose breast and paws were white, 'and
+there's a graibeeste.'
+
+The graibeeste was about as big as a fox, and had rabbit's ears and the
+unusual distinction of a tail coming out of his back just half-way
+between one end of him and the other. But there are graibeestes of all
+sorts and shapes.
+
+[Illustration: 'If your camel's not quite fresh I can mount you
+both.']
+
+You know when people are making the animals for Noah's arks they make
+the big ones first, elephants and lions and tigers and so on, and paint
+them as nearly as they can the right colours. Then they get weary of
+copying nature and begin to paint the animals pink and green and
+chocolate colour, which in nature is not the case. These are the
+chockmunks, and vertoblancs and the pinkuggers. And presently the makers
+get sick of the whole business and make the animals any sort of shape
+and paint them all one grey--these are the graibeestes. And at the very
+end a guilty feeling of having been slackers comes over the makers of
+the Noah's arks, and they paint blue spots on the last and littlest of
+the graibeestes to ease their consciences. This is the blugraiwee.
+
+'Tally Ho! Hark forrad! Yoicks!' were some of the observations now to be
+heard on every side as the hunt swept on, the blugraiwee well ahead.
+Dogs yapped, animals galloped, riders shouted, the sun shone, the sea
+sparkled, and far ahead the blugraiwee ran, extended to his full length
+like a grey straight line. He was killed five miles from the castle
+after a splendid run. And when a pinkugger had been secured and half a
+dozen graibeeste, the hunt rode slowly home.
+
+'We only hunt to kill and we only kill for food,' the Lord High Islander
+said.
+
+'But,' said Philip, 'I thought Noah's ark animals turned into wood when
+they were dead?'
+
+'Not if you kill for food. The intention makes all the difference. I had
+a plum-cake intention when we put up the blugraiwee, the pinkugger I
+made a bread and butter intention about, and the graibeestes I intended
+for rice pudding and prunes and toffee and ices and all sorts of odd
+things. So, of course, when we come to cut them up they'll _be_ what I
+intended.'
+
+'I see,' said Philip, jogging along on his camel. 'I say,' he added,
+'you don't mind my asking--how is it you're all children here?'
+
+'Well,' said the Lord High Islander, 'it's ancient history, so I don't
+suppose it's true. But they say that when the government had to make
+sure that we should always be _happy_ troops of gentle islanders, they
+decided that the only way was for us to be children. And we do have the
+most ripping time. And we do our own hunting and cooking and wash up our
+own plates and things, and for heavy work we have the M.A.'s. They're
+men who've had to work at sums and history and things at College so hard
+that they want a holiday. So they come here and work for us, and if any
+of us do want to learn anything, the M.A.'s are handy to have about the
+place. It pleases them to teach anything, poor things. They live in the
+huts. There's always a long list waiting for their turn. Oh yes, they
+wear the seaweed dress the same as we do. And they hunt on Tuesdays,
+Thursdays and Saturdays. They hunt big game, the fierce ambergris who is
+grey with a yellow stomach and the bigger graibeestes. Now we'll have
+dinner the minute we get in, and then we must talk about It.'
+
+The game was skinned and cut up in the courtyard, and the intentions of
+the Lord High Islander had certainly been carried out. For the
+blugraiwee was plum-cake, and the other animals just what was needed.
+
+And after dinner the Lord High Islander took Lucy and Philip up on to
+the top of the highest tower, and the three lay in the sun eating toffee
+and gazing out over the sea at the faint distant blue of the island.
+
+'The island where we aren't allowed to go,' as the Lord High Islander
+sadly pointed out.
+
+'Now,' said Lucy gently, 'you won't mind telling us what you're afraid
+of? Don't mind telling us. _We're_ afraid too; we're afraid of all sorts
+of things quite often.'
+
+'Speak for yourself,' said Philip, but not unkindly. 'I'm not so jolly
+often afraid as you seem to think. Go ahead, my Lord.'
+
+'You might as well call me Billy,' said the Lord High Islander; 'it's my
+name.'
+
+'Well, Billy, then. What is it you're afraid of?'
+
+'I hate being afraid,' said Billy angrily. 'Of course I know no true boy
+is afraid of anything except doing wrong. One of the M.A.'s told me
+that. But the M.A.'s are afraid too.'
+
+'What of?' Lucy asked, glancing at the terrace below, where already the
+shadows were lengthening; 'it'll be getting dark soon. I'd much rather
+know what you're afraid of while it's daylight.'
+
+'What we're afraid of,' said Billy abruptly, 'is the sea. Suppose a
+great wave came and washed away the castle, and the huts, and the M.A.'s
+and all of us?'
+
+'But it never _has_, has it?' Lucy asked.
+
+'No, but everything must have a beginning. I know that's true, because
+another of the M.A.'s told it me.'
+
+'But why don't you go and live somewhere inland?'
+
+'Because we couldn't live away from the sea. We're islanders, you know;
+we couldn't bear not to be near the sea. And we'd rather be afraid of
+it, than not have it to be afraid of. But it upsets the government,
+because we ought to be _happy_ troops of gentle islanders, and you can't
+be quite happy if you're afraid. That's why it's one of your deeds to
+take away our fear.'
+
+'It sounds jolly difficult,' said Philip; 'I shall have to think,' he
+added desperately. So he lay and thought with Max and Brenda asleep by
+his side and the parrot preening its bright feathers on the parapet of
+the tower, while Lucy and the Lord High Islander played cat's cradle
+with a long thread of seaweed.
+
+'It's supper time,' said Billy at last. 'Have you thought of anything?'
+
+'Not a single thing,' said Philip.
+
+'Well, don't swat over it any more,' said Billy; 'just stay with us and
+have a jolly time. You're sure to think of something. Or else Lucy will.
+We'll act charades to-night.'
+
+They did. The rest of the islanders were an extremely jolly lot, and all
+the M.A.'s came out of their huts to be audience. It was a charming
+evening, and ended up with hide-and-seek all over the castle.
+
+To wake next morning on a bed of soft, dry, sweet-smelling seaweed, and
+to know that the day was to be spent in having a good time with the
+jolliest set of children she had ever met, was delightful to Lucy.
+Philip's delight was dashed by the knowledge that he must, sooner or
+later, _think_. But the day passed most agreeably. They all bathed in
+the rock pools, picked up shell-fish for dinner, played rounders in the
+afternoon, and in the evening danced to the music made by the M.A.'s who
+most of them carried flutes in their pockets, and who were all very
+flattered at being asked to play.
+
+So the pleasant days went on. Every morning Philip said to himself, 'Now
+to-day I really _must_ think of something,' and every night he said, 'I
+really ought to have thought of something.' But he never could think of
+anything to take away the fear of the gentle islanders.
+
+It was on the sixth night that the storm came. The wind blew and the sea
+roared and the castle shook to its very foundations. And Philip,
+awakened by the noise and the shaking, sat up in bed and understood what
+the fear was that spoiled the happiness of the Dwellers by the Sea.
+
+'Suppose the sea did sweep us all away,' he said; 'and they haven't even
+got a boat.'
+
+And then, when he was quite far from expecting it, he did think of
+something. And he went on thinking about it so hard that he couldn't
+sleep any more.
+
+And in the morning he said to the parrot:
+
+'I've thought of something. And I'm not going to tell the others. But I
+can't do it all by myself. Do you think you could get Perrin for me?'
+
+'I will try with pleasure,' replied the obliging bird, and flew off
+without further speech.
+
+That afternoon, just as a picnic tea was ending, a great shadow fell on
+the party, and next moment the Hippogriff alighted with Mr. Perrin and
+the parrot on its back.
+
+'Oh, _thank_ you,' said Philip, and led Mr. Perrin away and began to
+talk to him in whispers.
+
+'No, sir,' Mr. Perrin answered suddenly and aloud. 'I'm sorry, but I
+couldn't think of it.'
+
+'Don't you know _how_?' Philip asked.
+
+'I know everything as is to be known in my trade,' said Mr. Perrin, 'but
+carpentry's one thing, and manners is another. Not but what I know
+manners too, which is why I won't be a party to no such a thing.'
+
+'But you don't understand,' said Philip, trying to keep up with Mr.
+Perrin's long strides. 'What I want to do is for you to build a Noah's
+ark on the top of the highest tower. Then when the sea's rough and the
+wind blows, all the Sea-Dwellers can just get into their ark and then
+they'll be quite safe whatever happens.'
+
+'You said all that afore,' said Mr. Perrin, 'and I wonder at you, so I
+do.'
+
+'I thought it was _such_ a good idea,' said poor Philip in gloom.
+
+'Oh, the _idea's_ all right,' said Mr. Perrin; 'there ain't nothing to
+complain of 'bout the _idea_.'
+
+'Then what _is_ wrong?' Philip asked impatiently.
+
+'You've come to the wrong shop,' said Mr. Perrin slowly. 'I ain't the
+man to take away another chap's job, not if he was to be in the humblest
+way of business; but when it comes to slapping the government in the
+face, well, there, Master Pip, I wouldn't have thought it of you. It's
+as much as my place is worth.'
+
+'Look here,' said Philip, stopping short in despair, 'will you tell me
+straight out why you won't help me?'
+
+'I'm not a-going to go building arks, at my time of life,' said Mr.
+Perrin. 'Mr. Noah'd break his old heart, so he would, if I was to take
+on his job over his head.'
+
+'Oh, you mean I ought to ask him?'
+
+''Course you ought to ask him. I don't mind lending a hand under his
+directions, acting as foreman like, so as to make a good job of it. But
+it's him you must give your order to.'
+
+The parrot and the Hippogriff between them managed to get Mr. Noah to
+the castle by noon of the next day.
+
+'Would you have minded,' Philip immediately asked him, 'if I'd had an
+ark built without asking you to do it?'
+
+'Well,' said Mr. Noah mildly, 'I might have been a little hurt. I have
+had some experience, you know, my Lord.'
+
+'Why do you call me that?' Philip asked.
+
+'Because you are, of course. Your deed of slaying the lions counts one
+to you, and by virtue of it you are now a Baron. I congratulate you,
+Lord Leo,' said Mr. Noah.
+
+He approved of Philip's idea, and he and Perrin were soon busy making
+plans, calculating strains and selecting materials.
+
+Then Philip made a speech to the islanders and explained his idea. There
+was a great deal of cheering and shouting, and every one agreed that an
+ark on the topmost tower would meet a long-felt want, and that when once
+that ark was there, fear would for ever be a stranger to every gentle
+island heart.
+
+And now the great work of building began. Mr. Perrin kindly consented to
+act as foreman and set to work a whole army of workmen--the M.A.'s of
+course. And soon the sound of saw and hammer mingled with the plash of
+waves and cries of sea-birds, and gangs of stalwart M.A.'s in their
+seaweed tunics bent themselves to the task of shaping great timbers and
+hoisting them to the top of the highest tower, where other gangs, under
+Mr. Noah's own eye, reared a scaffolding to support the ark while the
+building went on.
+
+The children were not allowed to help, but they loved looking on, and
+almost felt that, if they looked on earnestly enough, they must, in some
+strange mysterious way, be actually helping. You know the feeling, I
+daresay.
+
+The Hippogriff, who was stabled in the castle, flew up to wherever he
+was wanted, to assist in the hauling. Mr. Noah only had to whisper the
+magic word in his ear and up he flew. But what that magic word was the
+children did not know, though they asked often enough.
+
+And now at last the ark was finished, the scaffolding was removed, and
+there was the great Noah's ark, firmly planted on the topmost tower. It
+was a perfect example of the ark-builder's craft. Its boat part was
+painted a dull red, its sides and ends were blue with black windows, and
+its roof was bright scarlet, painted in lines to imitate tiles. No least
+detail was neglected. Even to the white bird painted on the roof, which
+you must have noticed in your own Noah's ark.
+
+[Illustration: They loved looking on.]
+
+A great festival was held, speeches were made, and every one who had
+lent a hand in the building, even the humblest M.A., was crowned with
+a wreath of fresh pink and green seaweed. Songs were sung, and the
+laureate of the Sea-Dwellers, a young M.A. with pale blue eyes and no
+chin, recited an ode beginning--
+
+ Now that we have our Noble Ark
+ No more we tremble in the dark
+ When the great seas and the winds cry out,
+ For we are safe without a doubt.
+
+ At undue risings of the tide
+ Within our Ark we'll safely hide,
+ And bless the names of those who thus
+ Have built a painted Ark for us.
+
+There were three hundred and seventeen more lines, very much like these,
+and every one said it was wonderful, and the laureate was a genius, and
+how did he do it, and what brains, eh? and things like that.
+
+And Philip and Lucy had crowns too. The Lord High Islander made a vote
+of thanks to Philip, who modestly replied that it was nothing, really,
+and anybody could have done it. And a spirit of gladness spread about
+among the company so that every one was smiling and shaking hands with
+everybody else, and even the M.A.'s were making little polite old jokes,
+and slapping each other on the back and calling each other 'old chap,'
+which was not at all their habit in ordinary life. The whole castle was
+decorated with garlands of pink and green seaweed like the wreaths that
+people were wearing, and the whole scene was the gayest and happiest you
+can imagine.
+
+And then the dreadful thing happened.
+
+Philip and Lucy were standing in their seaweed tunics, for of course
+they had, since the first day, worn the costume of the country, on the
+platform in the courtyard. Mr. Noah had just said, 'Well, then, we will
+enjoy this enjoyable day to the very end and return to the city
+to-morrow,' when a shadow fell on the group. It was the Hippogriff, and
+on its back was--some one. Before any one could see who that some one
+was, the Hippogriff had flown low enough for that some one to catch
+Philip by his seaweed tunic and to swing him off his feet and on to the
+Hippogriff's back. Lucy screamed, Mr. Perrin said, 'Here, I say, none of
+that,' and Mr. Noah said, 'Dear me!' And they all reached out their
+hands to pull Philip back. But they were all too late.
+
+'I won't go. Put me down,' Philip shouted. They all heard that. And also
+they heard the answer of the person on the Hippogriff--the person who
+had snatched Philip on to its back.
+
+'Oh, won't you, my Lord? We'll soon see about that,' the person said.
+
+Three people there knew that voice, four counting Philip, six counting
+the dogs. The dogs barked and growled, Mr. Noah said 'Drop it;' and Lucy
+screamed, 'Oh no! oh no! it's that Pretenderette.' The parrot, with
+great presence of mind, flew up into the air and attacked the ear of the
+Pretenderette, for, as old books say, it was indeed that unprincipled
+character who had broken from prison and once more stolen the
+Hippogriff. But the Pretenderette was not to be caught twice by the same
+parrot. She was ready for the bird this time, and as it touched her ear
+she caught it in her motor veil which she must have loosened beforehand,
+and thrust it into a wicker cage that hung ready from the saddle of the
+Hippogriff who hovered on his wide white wings above the crowd of faces
+upturned.
+
+'Now we shall see her face,' Lucy thought, for she could not get rid of
+the feeling that if she could only see the Pretenderette's face she
+would recognise it. But the Pretenderette was too wily to look down
+unveiled. She turned her face up, and she must have whispered the magic
+word, for the Hippogriff rose in the air and began to fly away with
+incredible swiftness across the sea.
+
+'Oh, what shall I do?' cried Lucy, wringing her hands. You have often
+heard of people wringing their hands. Lucy, I assure you, really did
+wring hers. 'Oh! Mr. Noah, what will she do with him? Where will she
+take him? What shall I do? How can I find him again?'
+
+'I deeply regret, my dear child,' said Mr. Noah, 'that I find myself
+quite unable to answer any single one of your questions.'
+
+'But can't I go after him?' Lucy persisted.
+
+'I am sorry to say,' said Mr. Noah, 'that we have no boats; the
+Pretenderette has stolen our one and only Hippogriff, and none of our
+camels can fly.'
+
+'But what can I _do_?' Lucy stamped her foot in her agony of impatience.
+
+'Nothing, my child,' Mr. Noah aggravatingly replied, 'except to go to
+bed and get a good night's rest. To-morrow we will return to the city
+and see what can be done. We must consult the oracle.'
+
+'But can't we go _now_,' said Lucy, crying.
+
+'No oracle is worth consulting till it's had its night's rest,' said Mr.
+Noah. 'It is a three days' journey. If we started now--see it is already
+dusk--we should arrive in the middle of the night. We will start early
+in the morning.'
+
+But early in the morning there was no starting from the castle of the
+Dwellers by the Sea. There was indeed no one to start, and there was no
+castle to start from.
+
+A young blugraiwee, peeping out of its hole after a rather disturbed
+night to see whether any human beings were yet stirring or whether it
+might venture out in search of yellow periwinkles, which are its
+favourite food, started, pricked its spotted ears, looked again, and,
+disdaining the cover of the rocks, walked boldly out across the beach.
+For the beach was deserted. There was no one there. No Mr. Noah, no
+Lucy, no gentle islanders, no M.A.'s--and what is more there were no
+huts and there was no castle. All was smooth, plain, bare sea-combed
+beach.
+
+For the sea had at last risen. The fear of the Dwellers had been
+justified. Whether the sea had been curious about the ark no one knows,
+no one will ever know. At any rate the sea had risen up and swept away
+from the beach every trace of the castle, the huts and the folk who had
+lived there.
+
+A bright parrot, with a streamer of motor veiling hanging to one claw,
+called suddenly from the clear air to the little blugraiwee.
+
+'What's up?' the parrot asked; 'where's everything got to?'
+
+'I don't know, I'm sure,' said the little blugraiwee; 'these human
+things are always coming and going. Have some periwinkles? They're very
+fine this morning after the storm,' it said.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+UPS AND DOWNS
+
+
+We left Lucy in tears and Philip in the grasp of the hateful
+Pretenderette, who, seated on the Hippogriff, was bearing him away
+across the smooth blueness of the wide sea.
+
+'Oh, Mr. Noah,' said Lucy, between sniffs and sobs, 'how _can_ she! You
+_did_ say the Hippogriff could only carry one!'
+
+'One ordinary human being,' said Mr. Noah gently; 'you forget that dear
+Philip is now an earl.'
+
+'But do you really think he's safe?' Lucy asked.
+
+'Yes,' said Mr. Noah. 'And now, dear Lucy, no more questions. Since your
+arrival on our shores I have been gradually growing more accustomed to
+being questioned, but I still find it unpleasant and fatiguing. Desist,
+I entreat.'
+
+So Lucy desisted and every one went to bed, and, for crying is very
+tiring, to sleep. But not for long.
+
+Lucy was awakened in her bed of soft dry seaweed by the sound of the
+castle alarm bell, and by the blaring of trumpets and the shouting of
+many voices. A bright light shone in at the window of her room. She
+jumped up and ran to the window and leaned out. Below lay the great
+courtyard of the castle, a moving sea of people on which hundreds of
+torches seemed to float, and the sound of shouting rose in the air as
+foam rises in the wind.
+
+'The Fear! The Fear!' people were shouting. 'To the ark! to the ark!'
+And the black night that pressed round the castle was loud with the wild
+roar of waves and the shriek of a tumultuous wind.
+
+Lucy ran to the door of her room. But suddenly she stopped.
+
+'My clothes,' she said. And dressed herself hastily. For she perceived
+that her own petticoats and shoes were likely to have better wearing
+qualities than seaweed could possess, and if they were all going to take
+refuge in the ark, she felt she would rather have her own clothes on.
+
+'Mr. Noah is sure to come for me,' she most sensibly told herself. 'And
+I'll get as many clothes on as I can.' Her own dress, of course, had
+been left at Polistopolis, but the ballet dress would be better than the
+seaweed tunic. When she was dressed she ran into Philip's room and
+rolled his clothes into a little bundle and carried it under her arm as
+she ran down the stairs. Half-way down she met Mr. Noah coming up.
+
+'Ah! you're ready,' he said; 'it is well. Do not be alarmed, my Lucy.
+The tide is rising but slowly. There will be time for every one to
+escape. All is in train, and the embarkation of the animals is even now
+in progress. There has been a little delay in sorting the beasts into
+pairs. But we are getting on. The Lord High Islander is showing
+remarkable qualities. All the big animals are on board; the pigs were
+being coaxed on as I came up. And the ant-eaters are having a late
+supper. Do not be alarmed.'
+
+'I can't help being alarmed,' said Lucy, slipping her free hand into Mr.
+Noah's, 'but I won't cry or be silly. Oh, I do wish Philip was here.'
+
+'Most unreasonable of girl children,' said Mr. Noah; 'we are in danger
+and you wish him to be here to share it?'
+
+'Oh, we _are_ in danger, are we?' said Lucy quickly. 'I thought you said
+I wasn't to be alarmed.'
+
+'No more you are,' said Mr. Noah shortly; 'of course you're in danger.
+But there's me. And there's the ark. What more do you want?'
+
+'Nothing,' Lucy answered in a very small voice, and the two made their
+way to a raised platform overlooking the long inclined road which led up
+to the tower on which the ark had been built. A long procession toiled
+slowly up it of animals in pairs, urged and goaded by the M.A.'s under
+the orders of the Lord High Islander.
+
+The wild wind blew the flames of the torches out like golden streamers,
+and the sound of the waves was like thunder on the shore.
+
+Down below other M.A.'s were busy carrying bales tied up in seaweed.
+Seen from above the busy figures looked like ants when you kick into an
+ant-hill and the little ant people run this way and that way and every
+way about their little ant businesses.
+
+The Lord High Islander came in pale and serious, with all the calm
+competence of Napoleon at a crisis.
+
+'Sorry to have to worry you, sir,' he said to Mr. Noah, 'but of course
+your experience is invaluable just now. I can't remember what bears eat.
+Is it hay or meat?'
+
+'It's buns,' said Lucy. 'I beg your pardon, Mr. Noah. Of course I ought
+to have waited for you to say.'
+
+'In my ark,' said Mr. Noah, 'buns were unknown and bears were fed
+entirely on honey, the providing of which kept our pair of bees fully
+employed. But if you are sure bears _like_ buns we must always be
+humane, dear Lucy, and study the natural taste of the animals in our
+charge.'
+
+'They love them,' said Lucy.
+
+'Buns and honey,' said the Lord Islander; 'and what about bats?'
+
+'I don't know what bats eat,' said Mr. Noah; 'I believe it was settled
+after some discussion that they don't eat cats. But what they _do_ eat
+is one of the eleven mysteries. You had better let the bats fast.'
+
+'They _are_, sir,' said the Lord High Islander.
+
+'And is all going well? Shall I come down and lend a personal eye?'
+
+'I think I'm managing all right, sir,' said the Lord High Islander
+modestly. 'You see it's a great honour for me. The M.A.'s are carrying
+in the provisions, the boys are stowing them and also herding the
+beasts. They are very good workers, sir.'
+
+'Are you frightened?' Lucy whispered, as he turned to go back to his
+overseeing.
+
+[Illustration: A long procession toiled slowly up it of animals in
+pairs.]
+
+'Not I,' said the Lord High Islander. 'Don't you understand that I've
+been promoted to be Lord Vice-Noah of Polistarchia? And of course the
+hearts of all Vice-Noahs are strangers to fear. But just think what a
+difficult thing Fear would have been to be a stranger to if you and
+Philip hadn't got us the ark!'
+
+'It was Philip's doing,' said Lucy; 'oh, _do_ you think he's all right?'
+
+'I think his heart is a stranger to fear, naturally,' said the Lord High
+Islander, 'so he's certain to be all right.'
+
+When the last of the animals had sniffed and snivelled its way into the
+ark--it was a porcupine with a cold in its head--the islanders, the
+M.A.'s, Lucy and Mr. Noah followed. And when every one was in, the door
+of the ark was shut from inside by an ingenious mechanical contrivance
+worked by a more than usually intelligent M.A.
+
+You must not suppose that the inside of the ark was anything like the
+inside of your own Noah's ark, where all the animals are put in anyhow,
+all mixed together and wrong way up as likely as not. That, with live
+animals and live people, would, as you will readily imagine, be quite
+uncomfortable. The inside of the ark which had been built under the
+direction of Mr. Noah and Mr. Perrin was not at all like that. It was
+more like the inside of a big Atlantic liner than anything else I can
+think of. All the animals were stowed away in suitable stalls, and there
+were delightful cabins for all those for whom cabins were suitable. The
+islanders and the M.A.'s retired to their cabins in perfect order, and
+Lucy and Mr. Noah, Mr. Perrin and the Lord High Islander gathered in the
+saloon, which was large and had walls and doors of inlaid
+mother-of-pearl and pink coral. It was lighted by glass globes filled
+with phosphorus collected by an ingenious process invented by another of
+the M.A.'s.
+
+'And now,' said Mr. Noah, 'I beg that anxiety may be dismissed from
+every mind. If the waters subside, they leave us safe. If they rise, as
+I confidently expect them to do, our ark will float, and we still are
+safe. In the morning I will take soundings and begin to steer a course.
+We will select a suitable spot on the shore, land and proceed to the
+Hidden Places, where we will consult the oracle. A little refreshment
+before we retire for what is left of the night? A captain's biscuit
+would perhaps not be inappropriate?' He took a tin from a locker and
+handed it round.
+
+'That's A1, sir,' said the Lord High Islander, munching. 'What a head
+you have for the right thing.'
+
+'All practice,' said Mr. Noah modestly.
+
+'Thank you,' said Lucy, taking a biscuit; 'I wish. . . .'
+
+The sentence was never finished. With a sickening suddenness the floor
+of the saloon heaved up under their feet, a roaring surging battering
+sound broke round them; the saloon tipped over on one side and the whole
+party was thrown on the pink silk cushions of the long settee. A shudder
+seemed to run through the ark from end to end, and 'What is it? Oh! what
+is it?' cried Lucy as the ark heeled over the other way and the
+unfortunate occupants were thrown on to the opposite set of cushions.
+(It really _was_, now, rather like what you imagine the inside of your
+Noah's ark must be when you put in Mr. Noah and his family and a few
+hastily chosen animals and shake them all up together.)
+
+'It's the sea,' cried the Lord High Islander; 'it's the great Fear come
+upon us! And I'm not afraid!' He drew himself up as well as he could in
+his cramped position, with Mr. Noah's elbow pinning his shoulder down
+and Mr. Perrin's boot on his ear.
+
+With a shake and a shiver the ark righted itself, and the floor of the
+saloon got flat again.
+
+'It's all right,' said Mr. Perrin, resuming control of his boot; 'good
+workmanship, it do tell. She ain't shipped a drop, Mr. Noah, sir.'
+
+'It's all right,' said Mr. Noah, taking his elbow to himself and
+standing up rather shakily on his yellow mat.
+
+ 'We're afloat, we're afloat
+ On the dark rolling tide;
+ The ark's water-tight
+ And the crew are inside.
+
+ 'Up, up with the flag
+ Let it wave o'er the sea;
+ We're afloat, we're afloat--
+ And what else should we be?'
+
+'_I_ don't know,' said Lucy; 'but there isn't any flag, is there?'
+
+'The principle's the same,' said Mr. Noah; 'but I'm afraid we didn't
+think of a flag.'
+
+'_I_ did,' said Mr. Perrin; 'it's only a Jubilee hankey'--he drew it
+slowly from his breast-pocket, a cotton Union Jack it was--'but it shall
+wave all right. But not till daylight, I think, sir. Discretion's the
+better part of--don't you think, Mr. Noah, sir? Wouldn't do to open the
+ark out of hours, so to speak!'
+
+'Just so,' said Mr. Noah. 'One, two, three! Bed!'
+
+The ark swayed easily on a sea not too rough. The saloon passengers
+staggered to their cabins. And silence reigned in the ark.
+
+ * * * * * *
+
+I am sorry to say that the Pretenderette dropped the wicker cage
+containing the parrot into the sea--an unpardonable piece of cruelty and
+revenge; unpardonable, that is, unless you consider that she did not
+really know any better. The Hippogriff's white wings swept on; Philip,
+now laid across the knees of the Pretenderette (a most undignified
+attitude for any boy, and I hope none of you may be placed in such a
+position), screamed as the cage struck the water, and, 'Oh, Polly!' he
+cried.
+
+'All right,' the parrot answered; 'keep your pecker up!'
+
+'What did it say?' the Pretenderette asked.
+
+'Something about peck,' said Philip upside down.
+
+'Ah!' said the Pretenderette with satisfaction, 'he won't do any more
+pecking for some time to come.' And the wide Hippogriff wings swept on
+over the wide sea.
+
+Polly's cage fell and floated. And it floated alone till the dawn, when,
+with wheelings and waftings and cries, the gulls came from far and near
+to see what this new strange thing might be that bobbed up and down in
+their waters in the light of the new-born day.
+
+'Hullo!' said Polly in bird-talk, clinging upside down to the top bars
+of the cage.
+
+'Hullo, yourself,' replied the eldest gull; 'what's up? And who are you?
+And what are you doing in that unnatural lobster pot?'
+
+'I conjure you,' said the parrot earnestly, 'I conjure you by our common
+birdhood to help me in my misfortune.'
+
+'No gull who _is_ a gull can resist that appeal,' said the master of the
+sea birds; 'what can we do, brother-bird?'
+
+'The matter is urgent,' said Polly, but quite calmly. 'I am getting very
+wet and I dislike salt water. It is bad for my plumage. May I give an
+order to your followers, bird-brother?'
+
+'Give,' said the master gull, with a graceful wheel and whirl of his
+splendid wings.
+
+'Let four of my brothers raise this detested trap high above the waves,'
+said the parrot, 'and let others of you, with your brave strong beaks,
+break through the bars and set me free.'
+
+'Delighted,' said the master gull; 'any little thing, you know,' and his
+own high-bred beak was the first to take hold of the cage, which
+presently the gulls lifted in the air and broke through, setting the
+parrot free.
+
+'Thank you, brother-birds,' the parrot said, shaking wet wings and
+spreading them; 'one good turn deserves another. The beach yonder was
+white with cockles but yesterday.'
+
+'Thank you, brother-bird,' they all said, and flew fleetly cocklewards.
+
+And that was how the parrot got free from the cage and went back to the
+shore to have that little talk with the blugraiwee which I told you
+about in the last chapter.
+
+ * * * * * *
+
+The ark was really very pleasant by daylight with the sun shining in at
+its windows. The sun shone outside as well, of course, and the Union
+Jack waved cheerfully in the wind. Breakfast was served on the terrace
+at the end of the ark--you know--that terrace where the boat part turns
+up. It was a very nice breakfast, and the sea was quite smooth--a quite
+perfect sea. This was rather fortunate, for there was nothing else. Sea
+on every side of the ark. No land at all.
+
+'However shall we find the way,' Lucy asked the Lord High Islander,
+'with nothing but sea?'
+
+'Oh,' he answered, 'that's all the better, really. Mr. Noah steers much
+better when there's no land in sight. It's all practice, you know.'
+
+'And when we come in sight of land, will he steer badly then?'
+
+'Oh, anybody can steer then,' said Billy; 'you if you like.' So it was
+Lucy who steered the ark into harbour, under Mr. Noah's directions. Arks
+are very easy to steer if you only know the way. Of course arks are not
+like other vessels; they require neither sails nor steam engines, nor
+oars to make them move. The very arkishness of the ark makes it move
+just as the steersman wishes. He only has to say 'Port,' 'Starboard,'
+'Right ahead,' 'Slow' and so on, and the ark (unlike many people I know)
+immediately does as it is told. So steering was easy and pleasant; one
+just had to keep the ark's nose towards the distant domes and pinnacles
+of a town that shone and glittered on the shore a few miles away. And
+the town grew nearer and nearer, and the black streak that was the
+people of the town began to show white dots that were the people's
+faces. And then the ark was moored against a quay side, and a friendly
+populace cheered as Mr. Noah stepped on to firm land, to be welcomed by
+the governor of the town and a choice selection of eminent citizens.
+
+'It's quite an event for them,' said Mr. Perrin. 'They don't have much
+happening here. A very lazy lot they be, almost as bad as Somnolentia.'
+
+'What makes them lazy?' Lucy asked.
+
+'It's owing to the onions and potatoes growing wild in these parts, I
+believe,' said the Lord High Islander. 'They get enough to eat without
+working. And the onions make them sleepy.'
+
+They talked apart while Mr. Noah was arranging things with the Governor
+of the town, who had come down to the harbour in a hurry and a flurry
+and a furry gown.
+
+'I've arranged everything,' said Mr. Noah at last. 'The islanders and
+the M.A.'s and the animals are to be allowed to camp in the public park
+till we've consulted the oracle and decided what's to be done with them.
+They must live somewhere, I suppose. Life has become much too eventful
+for me lately. However there are only three more deeds for the Earl of
+Ark to do, and then perhaps we shall have a little peace and quietness.'
+
+'The Earl of Ark?' Lucy repeated.
+
+'Philip, you know. I do wish you'd try to remember that he's an earl
+now. Now you and I must take camel and be off.'
+
+And now came seven long days of camel travelling, through desert and
+forest and over hill and through valley, till at last Lucy and Mr. Noah
+came to the Hidden Place where the oracle is, and where that is I may
+not tell you--because it's one of the eleven mysteries. And I must not
+tell you what the oracle is because that is another of the mysteries.
+But I may tell you that if you want to consult the oracle you have to go
+a long way between rows of round pillars, rather like those in Egyptian
+tombs. And as you go it gets darker and darker, and when it is quite
+dark you see a little, little light a very long way off, and you hear
+very far away, a beautiful music, and you smell the scent of flowers
+that do not grow in any wood or field or garden of this earth. Mixed
+with this scent is the scent of incense and of old tapestried rooms,
+where no one has lived for a very long time. And you remember all the
+sad and beautiful things you have ever seen or heard, and you fall down
+on the ground and hide your face in your hands and call on the oracle,
+and if you are the right sort of person the oracle answers you.
+
+Lucy and Mr. Noah waited in the dark for the voice of the oracle, and at
+last it spoke. Lucy heard no words, only the most beautiful voice in the
+world speaking softly, and so sweetly and finely and bravely that at
+once she felt herself brave enough to dare any danger, and strong enough
+to do any deed that might be needed to get Philip out of the clutches of
+the base Pretenderette. All the tiredness of her long journey faded
+away, and but for the thought that Philip needed her, she would have
+been content to listen for ever to that golden voice. Everything else in
+the world faded away and grew to seem worthless and unmeaning. Only the
+soft golden voice remained and the grey hard voice that said, 'You've
+got to look after Philip, you know!' And the two voices together made a
+harmony more beautiful than you will find in any of Beethoven's sonatas.
+Because Lucy knew that she should follow the grey voice, and remember
+the golden voice as long as she lived.
+
+But something was tiresomely pulling at her sleeve, dragging her away
+from the wonderful golden voice. Mr. Noah was pulling her sleeve and
+saying, 'Come away,' and they turned their backs on the little light and
+the music and the enchanting perfumes, and instantly the voice stopped
+and they were walking between dusky pillars towards a far grey speck of
+sunlight.
+
+It was not till they were once more under the bare sky that Lucy said:
+
+'What did it say?'
+
+'You must have heard,' said Mr. Noah.
+
+'I only heard the voice and what it meant. I didn't understand the
+words. But the voice was like dreams and everything beautiful I've ever
+thought of.'
+
+'I thought it a wonderfully straight-forward business-like oracle,'
+said Mr. Noah briskly; 'and the voice was quite distinct and I remember
+every word it said.'
+
+(Which just shows how differently the same thing may strike two people.)
+
+'What did it say?' Lucy asked, trotting along beside him, still
+clutching Philip's bundle, which through all these days she had never
+let go.
+
+And Mr. Noah gravely recited the following lines. I agree with him that,
+for an oracle, they were extremely straightforward.
+
+ 'You had better embark
+ Once again in the Ark,
+ And sailing from dryland
+ Make straight for the Island.'
+
+'Did it _really_ say that?' Lucy asked.
+
+'Of course it did,' said Mr. Noah; 'that's a special instruction to me,
+but I daresay you heard something quite different. The oracle doesn't
+say the same thing to every one, of course. Didn't you get any special
+instruction?'
+
+'Only to try to be brave and good,' said Lucy shyly.
+
+'Well, then,' said Mr. Noah, 'you carry out your instructions and I'll
+carry out mine.'
+
+'But what's the use of going to the island if you can't land when you
+get there?' Lucy insisted. 'You know only two people can land there,
+and we're not them, are we?'
+
+'Oh, if you begin asking what's the use, we shan't get anywhere,' said
+Mr. Noah. 'And more than half the things you say are questions.'
+
+ * * * * * *
+
+I'm sorry this chapter is cut up into bits with lines of stars, but
+stars are difficult to avoid when you have to tell about a lot of
+different things happening all at once. That is why it is much better
+always to keep your party together if you can. And I have allowed mine
+to get separated so that Philip, the parrot and the rest of the company
+are going through three sets of adventures all at the same time. This is
+most trying for me, and fully accounts for the stars. Which I hope
+you'll excuse. However.
+
+We now come back by way of the stars to Philip wrong way up in
+the clutches of the Pretenderette. She had breathed the magic word
+in the Hippogriff's ear, but she had not added any special order.
+So the Hippogriff was entirely its own master as far as the choice
+of where it was to go was concerned. It tossed its white mane after
+circling three times between air and sky, made straight for the
+Island-where-you-mayn't-go. The Pretenderette didn't know that it was
+the Island-where-you-mayn't-go, and as they got nearer and she could
+see plainly its rainbow-coloured sands, its palms and its waterfalls,
+its cool green thickets and many tinted flowers and glowing fruits, it
+seemed to her that she might do worse than land there and rest for a
+little while. For even the most disagreeable people get tired
+sometimes, and the Pretenderette had had a hard day of it. So she made
+no attempt to check the Hippogriff or alter its course. And when the
+Hippogriff was hovering but a few inches from the grass of the most
+beautiful of the island glades, she jerked Philip roughly off her knee
+and he fell all in a heap on the ground. With great presence of mind
+our hero--if he isn't a hero by now he never will be--picked himself
+up and bolted into the bushes. No rabbit could have bolted more
+instantly and fleetly.
+
+'I'll teach you,' said the furious Pretenderette, preparing to alight.
+She looked down to find a soft place to jump on. And then she saw that
+every blade of grass was a tiny spear of steel, and every spear was
+pointed at her. She made the Hippogriff take her to another glade--more
+little steel spears. To the rainbow sands--but on looking at them she
+saw that they were quivering quicksands. Wherever green grass had grown
+the spears now grew; and wherever the sand was it was a terrible trap of
+quicksand. She tried to dismount in a little pool, but fortunately for
+her she noticed in time that what shone in it so silvery was not water
+but white-hot molten metal.
+
+'What a nasty place,' said the Pretenderette; 'I don't know that I could
+have chosen a nastier place to leave that naughty child in. He'll know
+who's master by the time I send to fetch him back to prison. Here, you,
+get back to Polistopolis as fast as you can. See? Please, I mean,' she
+added, and then she spoke the magic word.
+
+Philip was peeping through the bushes close by, and he heard that magic
+word (I dare not tell you what it is) and he saw for the first time the
+face of the Pretenderette. And he trembled and shivered in his bushy
+lurking-place. For the Pretenderette was the only really unpleasant
+person Philip had ever met in the world. It was Lucy's nurse, the nurse
+with the grey dress and the big fat feet, who had been so cross to him
+and had pulled down his city.
+
+'How on earth,' Philip wondered to himself, 'did she get _here_? And how
+on earth shall I get away from her?' He had not seen the spears and the
+quicksands and the molten metal, and he was waiting unhappily for her to
+alight, and for a game of hide and seek to begin, which he was not at
+all anxious to play.
+
+Even as he wondered, the Hippogriff spread wings and flew away. And
+Philip was left alone on the island. But what did that matter? It was
+much better to be alone than with that Pretenderette. And for Philip
+there were no white-hot metal and spears and snares of quicksand, only
+dewy grass and sweet flowers and trees and safety and delight.
+
+'If only Lucy were here,' he said.
+
+When he was quite sure that the Pretenderette was really gone, he came
+out and explored the island. It had on it every kind of flower and fruit
+that you can think of, all growing together. There were gold oranges and
+white orange flowers, pink apple-blossom and red apples, cherries and
+cherry-blossom, strawberry flowers and strawberries, all growing
+together, wild and sweet.
+
+At the back of his mind Philip remembered that he had, at some time or
+other, heard of an island where fruit and blossoms grew together at the
+same time, but that was all he could remember. He passed through the
+lovely orchards and came to a lake. It was frozen. And he remembered
+that, in the island he had heard of, there was a lake ready for skating
+even when the flowers and fruit were on the trees. Then he came to a
+little summer-house built all of porcupine quills like Helen's pen-box.
+
+And then he knew. All these wonders were on the island that he and Helen
+had invented long ago--the island that she used to draw maps of.
+
+'It's our very own island,' he said, and a glorious feeling of being at
+home glowed through him, warm and delightful. 'We said no one else might
+come here! That's why the Pretenderette couldn't land. And why they call
+it the Island-where-you-mayn't-go. I'll find the bun tree and have
+something to eat, and then I'll go to the boat-house and get out the
+_Lightning Loose_ and go back for Lucy. I do wish I could bring her
+here. But of course I can't without asking Helen.'
+
+The _Lightning Loose_ was the magic yacht Helen had invented for the
+island.
+
+He soon found a bush whose fruit was buns, and a jam-tart tree grew near
+it. You have no idea how nice jam tarts can taste till you have gathered
+them yourself, fresh and sticky, from the tree. They are as sticky as
+horse-chestnut buds, and much nicer to eat.
+
+As he went towards the boat-house he grew happier and happier,
+recognising, one after the other, all the places he and Helen had
+planned and marked on the map. He passed by the marble and gold house
+with _King's Palace_ painted on the door. He longed to explore it: but
+the thought of Lucy drove him on. As he went down a narrow leafy
+woodland path towards the boat-house, he passed the door of the dear
+little thatched cottage (labelled _Queen's Palace_) which was the house
+Helen had insisted that she liked best for her very own.
+
+'How pretty it is; I wish Helen was here,' he said; 'she helped to make
+it. I should never have thought of it without her. She ought to be
+here,' he said. With that he felt very lonely, all of a sudden, and very
+sad. And as he went on, wondering whether in all this magic world there
+might not somehow be some magic strong enough to bring Helen there to
+see the island that was their very own, and to give her consent to his
+bringing Lucy to it, he turned a corner in the woodland path, and walked
+straight into the arms of--Helen.
+
+[Illustration: Walked straight into the arms of Helen.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+ON THE 'LIGHTNING LOOSE'
+
+
+'But how did you get here?' said Philip in Helen's arms on the island.
+
+'I just walked out at the other side of a dream,' she said; 'how could I
+not come, when the door was open and you wanted me so?'
+
+And Philip just said, 'Oh, Helen!' He could not find any other words,
+but Helen understood. She always did.
+
+'Come,' she said, 'shall we go to your Palace or mine? I want my supper,
+and we'll have our own little blue-and-white tea-set. Yes, I know you've
+had your supper, but it'll be fun getting mine, and perhaps you'll be
+hungry again before we've got it.'
+
+They went to the thatched cottage that was Helen's palace, because
+Philip had had almost as much of large buildings as he wanted for a
+little while. The cottage had a wide chimney and an open hearth; and
+they sat on the hearth and made toast, and Philip almost forgot that he
+had ever had any adventures and that the toast was being made on a
+hearth whose blue wood-smoke curled up among the enchanting tree-tops of
+a magic island.
+
+And before they went to bed he had told her all about everything.
+
+'Oh, I am so glad you came!' he said over and over again; 'it is so easy
+to tell you _here_, with all the magic going on. I don't think I ever
+_could_ have told you at the Grange with the servants all about, and
+the--I mean Mr. Graham, and all the things as not magic as they could
+possibly be. Oh, Helen! where _is_ Mr. Graham; won't he hate your coming
+away from him?'
+
+'He's gone through a dream door too,' she said, 'to see Lucy. Only he
+doesn't know he's really gone. He'll think it's a dream, and he'll tell
+me about it when we both wake up.'
+
+'When did you go to sleep?' said Philip.
+
+'At Brussels. That telegram hasn't come yet.'
+
+'I don't understand about time,' said Philip firmly, 'and I never shall.
+I say, Helen, I was just looking for the _Lightning Loose_, to go off in
+her on a voyage of discovery and find Lucy.'
+
+'I don't think you need,' she said; 'I met a parrot on the island just
+before I met you and it was saying poetry to itself.'
+
+'It would be,' said Philip, 'if it was alive. I'm glad it _is_ alive,
+though. What was it saying?'
+
+'It was something like this,' she said, putting a log of wood on the
+fire:
+
+ 'Philip and Helen
+ Have the island to dwell in,
+ Hooray.
+ They said of the island,
+ "It's your land and my land!"
+ Hooray. Hooray. Hooray.
+
+ 'And till the ark
+ Comes out of the dark
+ There those two may stay
+ For a happy while, and
+ Enjoy their island
+ Until the Giving Day.
+ Hooray.
+
+ 'And then they will hear the giving voice,
+ They will hear and obey,
+ And when people come
+ Who need a home,
+ They'll give the island away.
+ Hooray.
+
+ 'The island with flower
+ And fruit and bower,
+ Forest and river and bay,
+ Their very own island
+ They'll sigh and smile and
+ They'll give their island away.'
+
+'What nonsense!' said Philip, 'I never will.'
+
+'All right, my Pipkin,' said Helen cheerfully; 'I only told you just to
+show that you're expected to stay here. "Philip and Helen have the
+island to dwell in." And now, what about bed?'
+
+They spent a whole week on the island. It was exactly all that they
+could wish an island to be; because, of course, they had made it
+themselves, and of course they knew exactly what they wanted. I can't
+describe that week. I only know that Philip will never forget it. Just
+think of all the things you could do on a magic island if you were there
+with your dearest dear, and you'll know how Philip spent his time.
+
+He enjoyed every minute of every hour of every day, and, best thing of
+all, that week made him understand, as nothing else could have done,
+that Helen still belonged to him, and that her marriage to Mr. Graham
+had not made her any the less Philip's very own Helen.
+
+And then came a day when Philip, swinging in a magnolia tree, looked out
+to sea and cried out, 'A sail! a sail! Oh, Helen, here's the ark! Now
+it's all over. Let's have Lucy to stay with us, and send the other
+people away,' he added, sliding down the tree-trunk with his face very
+serious.
+
+'But we can't, dear,' Helen reminded him. 'The island's ours, you know;
+and as long as it's ours no one else can land on it. We made it like
+that, you know.'
+
+'Then they can't land?'
+
+'No,' said Helen.
+
+'Can't we change the rule and let them land?'
+
+'No,' said Helen.
+
+'Oh, it _is_ a pity,' Philip said; 'because the island is the place for
+islanders, isn't it?'
+
+'Yes,' said Helen, 'and there's no fear of the sea here; you remember we
+made it like that when we made the island?'
+
+'Yes,' said Philip. 'Oh, Helen, I _don't_ want to.'
+
+'Then don't,' said Helen.
+
+'Ah, but I _do_ want to, too.'
+
+'Then do,' said she.
+
+'But don't you see, when you want to and don't want to at the same time,
+what _are_ you to do? There are so many things to think of.'
+
+'When it's like that, there's one thing you mustn't think of,' she said.
+
+'What?' Philip asked.
+
+'Yourself,' she said softly.
+
+There was a silence, and then Philip suddenly hugged his sister and she
+hugged him.
+
+'I'll give it to them,' he said; 'it's no use. I know I ought to. I
+shall only be uncomfortable if I don't.'
+
+Helen laughed. 'My boy of boys!' she said. And then she looked sad. 'Boy
+of my heart,' she said, 'you know it's not only giving up our island. If
+we give it away I must go. It's the only place that there's a door into
+out of my dreams.'
+
+'I can't let you go,' he said.
+
+'But you've got your deeds to do,' she said, 'and I can't help you in
+those. Lucy can help you, but I can't. You like Lucy now, don't you?'
+
+'Oh, I don't mind her,' said Philip; 'but it's _you_ I want, Helen.'
+
+'Don't think about that,' she urged. 'Think what the islanders want.
+Think what it'll be to them to have the island, to live here always,
+safe from the fear!'
+
+'There are three more deeds,' said Philip dismally; 'I don't think I
+shall ever want any more adventures as long as I live.'
+
+'You'll always want them,' she said, laughing at him gently, 'always.
+And now let's do the thing handsomely and give them a splendid welcome.
+Give me a kiss and then we'll gather heaps of roses.'
+
+So they kissed each other. But Philip was very unhappy indeed, though
+he felt that he was being rather noble and that Helen thought so too,
+which was naturally a great comfort.
+
+There had been a good deal more of this talk than I have set down.
+Philip and Helen had hardly had time to hang garlands of pink roses
+along the quayside where the _Lightning Loose_, that perfect yacht, lay
+at anchor, before the blunt prow of the ark bumped heavily against the
+quayside--and the two, dropping the rest of the roses, waved and smiled
+to the group on the ark's terrace.
+
+The first person to speak was Mr. Perrin, who shouted, 'Here we are
+again!' like a clown.
+
+Then Lucy said, 'We know we can't land, but the oracle said come and we
+came.' She leaned over the bulwark to whisper, 'Who's that perfect duck
+you've got with you?'
+
+Philip answered aloud:
+
+'This is my sister Helen--Helen this is Lucy.'
+
+The two looked at each other, and then Helen held out her hands and she
+and Lucy kissed each other.
+
+'I knew I should like you,' Lucy whispered, 'but I didn't know I should
+like you quite so much.'
+
+Mr. Noah and Mr. Perrin were both bowing to Helen, a little stiffly but
+very cordially all the same, and quite surprisingly without surprise.
+And the Lord High Islander was looking at her with his own friendly
+jolly schoolboy grin.
+
+'If you will embark,' said Mr. Noah politely, 'we can return to the
+mainland, and I will explain to you your remaining deeds.'
+
+'Tell them, Pip,' said Helen.
+
+'We don't want to embark--at present,' said Philip shyly. 'We want you
+to land.'
+
+'No one may land on the island save two,' said Mr. Noah. 'I am glad you
+are the two. I feared one of the two might be the Pretenderette.'
+
+'Not much,' said Philip. 'It's Helen's and mine. We made it. And we want
+to give it to the islanders to keep. For their very own,' he added,
+feeling that it would be difficult for any one to believe that such a
+glorious present was really being made just like that, without speeches,
+as if it had been a little present of a pencil sharpener or a peg-top.
+
+He was right.
+
+'To keep?' said the Lord High Islander; 'for our very own? Always?'
+
+'Yes,' said Philip. 'And there's no fear here. You'll _really_ be "happy
+troops" now.'
+
+For a moment nobody said anything, though all the faces were
+expressive. Then the Lord High Islander spoke.
+
+'Well,' he said, 'of all the brickish bricks----' and could say no more.
+
+'There are lots of houses,' said Philip, 'and room for all the animals,
+and the island is thirty miles round, so there's lots of room for the
+animals and everything.' He felt happier than he had ever done in his
+life. Giving presents is always enjoyable, and this was such a big and
+beautiful present, and he loved it so.
+
+'I always did say Master Pip was a gentleman, and I always shall,' Mr.
+Perrin remarked.
+
+'I congratulate you,' said Mr. Noah, 'and I am happy to announce that
+your fifth deed is now accomplished. You remember our empty silver
+fruit-dishes? Your fifth deed was to be the supplying of Polistarchia
+with fruit. This island is the only place in the kingdom where fruit
+grows. The ark will serve to convey the fruit to the mainland, and the
+performance of this deed raises you to the rank of Duke.'
+
+'Philip, you're a dear,' said Lucy in a whisper.
+
+'Shut up,' said Philip fiercely.
+
+'Three cheers,' said a familiar voice, 'for the Duke of Donors.'
+
+'Three cheers,' repeated the Lord High Islander, 'for the Duke of
+Donors.'
+
+What a cheer! All the islanders cheered and the M.A.'s and Lucy and Mr.
+Perrin and Mr. Noah, and from the inside of the ark came enthusiastic
+barkings and gruntings and roarings and squeakings--as the animals of
+course joined in as well as they could. Thousands of gulls, circling on
+white wings in the sun above, added their screams to the general chorus.
+And when the sound of the last cheer died away, a little near familiar
+voice said:
+
+'Well done, Philip! I'm proud of you.'
+
+It was the parrot who, perched on the rigging of the _Lightning Loose_,
+had started the cheering.
+
+'So that's all right,' it said, fluttered on to Philip's shoulder and
+added, 'I've heard you calling for me on the island all the week. But I
+felt I needed a rest. I've been talking too much. And that
+Pretenderette. And that cage. I assure you I needed a little time to get
+over my adventures.'
+
+'We have all had our adventures,' said Mr. Noah gently. And Helen said:
+
+'Won't you land and take possession of the island? I'm sure we are
+longing to hear each other's adventures.'
+
+'You first,' said Mr. Noah to the Lord High Islander, who stepped ashore
+very gravely.
+
+When Helen saw him come forward, she suddenly kissed Philip, and as the
+Lord High Islander's foot touched the shore of that enchanted island,
+she simply and suddenly vanished.
+
+'Oh!' cried Philip, 'I wish I hadn't.' And his mouth trembled as girls'
+mouths do if they are going to cry.
+
+'The more a present costs you, the more it's worth,' said Mr. Noah.
+'This has cost you so much, it's the most splendid present in the
+world.'
+
+'I know,' said Philip; 'make yourselves at home, won't you?' he just
+managed to say. And then he found he could not say any more. He just
+turned and went into the forest. And when he was alone in a green glade,
+he flung himself down on his face and lay a long time without moving. It
+had been such a happy week. And he was so tired of adventures.
+
+When at last he sniffed with an air of finality and raised his head, the
+first thing he saw was Lucy, sitting quite still with her back to him.
+
+'Hullo!' he said rather crossly, 'what are you doing here?'
+
+'Saying the multiplication table,' said Lucy promptly and turned her
+head, 'so as not even to think about you. And I haven't even once
+turned round. I knew you wanted to be alone. But I wanted to be here
+when you'd done being alone. See? I've got something to say to you.'
+
+'Fire ahead,' said Philip, still grumpy.
+
+'I think you're perfectly splendid,' said Lucy very seriously, 'and I
+want it to be real pax for ever. And I'll help you in the rest of the
+adventures. And if you're cross, I'll try not to mind. Napoleon was
+cross sometimes, I believe,' she added pensively, 'and Julius Caesar.'
+
+'Oh, that's all right,' said Philip very awkwardly.
+
+'Then we're going to be real chums?'
+
+'Oh yes, if you like. Only--I don't mind just this once; and it was
+decent of you to come and sit there with your back to me--only I hate
+gas.'
+
+'Yes,' said Lucy obediently, 'I know. Only sometimes you feel you must
+gas a little or burst of admiration. And I've got your proper clothes in
+a bundle. I've been carrying them about ever since the islanders' castle
+was washed away. Here they are.'
+
+She produced the bundle. And this time Philip was really touched.
+
+'Now I _do_ call that something like,' he said. 'The seaweed dress is
+all right here, but you never know what you may have to go through when
+you're doing adventures. There might be thorns or snakes or anything.
+I'm jolly glad to get my boots back too. I say, come on. Let's go to
+Helen's palace and get a banquet ready. I know there'll have to be a
+banquet. There always is, here. I know a first-rate bun-tree quite near
+here.'
+
+'The cocoa-nut-ice plants looked beautiful as I came along,' said Lucy.
+'What a lovely island it is. And you made it!'
+
+'No gas,' said Philip warningly. 'Helen and I made it.'
+
+'She's the dearest darling,' said Lucy.
+
+'Oh, well,' said Philip with resignation, 'if you must gas, gas about
+her.'
+
+The banquet was all that you can imagine of interesting and magnificent.
+And Philip was, of course, the hero of the hour. And when the banquet
+was finished and the last guest had departed to its own house--for the
+houses on the island were of course all ready to be occupied, furnished
+to the last point of comfort, with pin-cushions full of pins in every
+room, Mr. Noah and Lucy and Philip sat down on the terrace steps among
+the pink roses for a last little talk.
+
+'Because,' said Philip, 'we shall start the first thing in the morning.
+So please will you tell me now what the next deed is that I have to
+do?'
+
+'Will you go by ark?' Mr. Noah asked, rolling up his yellow mat to make
+an elbow rest and leaning on it; 'I shall be delighted.'
+
+'I thought,' said Philip, 'we might go in the _Lightning Loose_. I've
+never sailed her yet, you know. Do you think I _could_?'
+
+'Of course you can,' said Mr. Noah; 'and if not, Lucy can show you. Your
+charming yacht is steered on precisely the same principle as the ark.
+And in this land all the winds are favourable. You will find the yacht
+suitably provisioned. And I may add that you can go most of the way to
+your next deed by water--first the sea and then the river.'
+
+'And what,' asked Philip, 'is the next deed?'
+
+'In the extreme north of Polistarchia,' said Mr. Noah instructively,
+'lies a town called Somnolentia. It used to be called Briskford in
+happier days. A river then ran through the town, a rapid river that
+brought much gold from the mountains. The people used to work very hard
+to keep the channel clear of the lumps of gold which continually
+threatened to choke it. Their fields were then well-watered and
+fruitful, and the inhabitants were cheerful and happy. But when the
+Hippogriff was let out of the book, a Great Sloth got out too. Evading
+all efforts to secure him, the Great Sloth journeyed northward. He is a
+very large and striking animal, and by some means, either fear or
+admiration, he obtained a complete ascendancy over the inhabitants of
+Briskford. He induced them to build him a temple of solid gold, and
+while they were doing this the river bed became choked up and the stream
+was diverted into another channel far from the town. Since then the
+place is fallen into decay. The fields are parched and untilled. Such
+water as the people need for drinking is drawn by great labour from a
+well. Washing has become shockingly infrequent.'
+
+'Are we to teach the dirty chaps to wash?' asked Philip in disgust.
+
+'Do not interrupt,' said Mr. Noah. 'You destroy the thread of my
+narrative. Where was I?'
+
+'Washing infrequent,' said Lucy; 'but if the fields are dried up, what
+do they live on?'
+
+'Pine-apples,' replied Mr. Noah, 'which grow freely and do not need much
+water. Gathering these is the sole industry of this degraded people.
+Pine-apples are not considered a fruit but a vegetable,' he added
+hastily, seeing another question trembling on Philip's lips. 'Whatever
+of their waking time can be spared from the gathering and eating of the
+pine-apples is spent in singing choric songs in honour of the Great
+Sloth. And even this time is short, for such is his influence on the
+Somnolentians that when he sleeps they sleep too, and,' added Mr. Noah
+impressively, 'he sleeps almost all the time. Your deed is to devise
+some means of keeping the Great Sloth awake and busy. And I think you've
+got your work cut out. When you've disposed of the Great Sloth you can
+report yourself to me here. I shall remain here for some little time. I
+need a holiday. The parrot will accompany you. It knows its way about as
+well as any bird in the land. Good-night. And good luck! You will excuse
+my not being down to breakfast.'
+
+And the next morning, dewy-early, Philip and Lucy and the parrot went
+aboard the yacht and loosed her from her moorings, and Lucy showed
+Philip how to steer, and the parrot sat on the mast and called out
+instructions.
+
+They made for the mouth of a river. ('I never built a river,' said
+Philip. 'No,' said the parrot, 'it came out of the poetry book.') And
+when they were hungry they let down the anchor and went into the cabin
+for breakfast. And two people sprang to meet them, almost knocking
+Lucy down with the violence of their welcome. The two people were Max
+and Brenda.
+
+[Illustration: He induced them to build him a temple of solid gold.]
+
+'Oh, you dear dogs,' Lucy cried, and Philip patted them, one with each
+hand, 'how did you get here?'
+
+'It was a little surprise of Mr. Noah's,' said the parrot.
+
+Max and Brenda whined and barked and gushed.
+
+'I wish we could understand what they're saying,' said Lucy.
+
+'If you only knew the magic word that the Hippogriff obeys,' said the
+parrot, 'you could say it, and then you'd understand all animal talk.
+Only, of course, I mustn't tell it you. It's one of the eleven
+mysteries.'
+
+'But I know it,' said Philip, and at once breathed the word in the tiny
+silky ear of Brenda and then in the longer silkier ear of Max, and
+instantly--
+
+'Oh, my dears!' they heard Brenda say in a softly shrill excited voice;
+'oh, my dearie dears! We _are_ so pleased to see you. I'm only a poor
+little faithful doggy; I'm not clever, you know, but my affectionate
+nature makes me almost mad with joy to see my dear master and mistress
+again.'
+
+'Very glad to see you, sir,' said Max with heavy politeness. 'I hope
+you'll be comfortable here. There's no comfort for a dog like being with
+his master.'
+
+And with that he sat down and went to sleep, and the others had
+breakfast. It is rather fun cooking in yachts. And there was something
+new and charming in Brenda's delicate way of sitting up and begging and
+saying at the same time, 'I do _hate_ to bother my darling master and
+mistress, but if you _could_ spare another _tiny_ bit of bacon--Oh,
+_thank you_, how good and generous you are!'
+
+They sailed the yacht successfully into the river which presently ran
+into the shadow of a tropical forest. Also out of a book.
+
+'You might go on during the night,' said the parrot, 'if the dogs would
+steer under my directions. You could tie one end of a rope to their
+collars and another to the helm. It's easier than turning spits.'
+
+'Delighted!' said Max; 'only, of course, it's understood that we sleep
+through the day?'
+
+'Of course,' said everybody. So that was settled. And the children went
+to bed.
+
+It was in the middle of the night that the parrot roused Philip with his
+usual gentle beak-touch. Then--
+
+'Wake up,' it said; 'this is not the right river. It's not the right
+direction. Nothing's right. The ship's all wrong. I'm very much afraid
+some one has been opening a book and this river has got out.'
+
+Philip hurried out on deck, and by the light of the lamps from the
+cabin, gazed out at the banks of the river. At least he looked for them.
+But there weren't any banks. Instead, steep and rugged cliffs rose on
+each side, and overhead, instead of a starry sky, was a great arched
+roof of a cavern glistening with moisture and dark as a raven's
+feathers.
+
+'We must turn back,' said Philip. 'I don't like this at all.'
+
+'Unfortunately,' said the parrot, 'there is no room to turn back, and
+the _Lightning Loose_ is not constructed for going backwards.'
+
+'Oh, dear,' whispered Brenda, 'I wish we hadn't come. Dear little dogs
+ought to be taken comfortable care of and not be sent out on nasty ships
+that can't turn back when it's dangerous.'
+
+'My dear,' said Max with slow firmness, 'dear little dogs can't help
+themselves now. So they had better look out for chances of helping their
+masters.'
+
+'But what can we _do_, then?' said Philip impatiently.
+
+'I fear,' said the parrot, 'that we can do nothing but go straight on.
+If this river is in a book it will come out somewhere. No river in a
+book ever runs underground and stays there.'
+
+'I shan't wake Lucy,' said Philip; 'she might be frightened.'
+
+'You needn't,' said Lucy, 'she's awake, and she's no more frightened
+than you are.'
+
+('You hear that,' said Max to Brenda; 'you take example by her, my
+dear!')
+
+'But if we are going the wrong way, we shan't reach the Great Sloth,'
+Lucy went on.
+
+'Sooner or later, one way or another, we shall come to him,' said the
+parrot; 'and time is of no importance to a Great Sloth.'
+
+It was now very cold, and our travellers were glad to wrap themselves in
+the flags of all nations with which the yacht was handsomely provided.
+Philip made a sort of tabard of the Union Jack and the old Royal Arms of
+England, with the lilies and leopards; and Lucy wore the Japanese flag
+as a shawl. She said the picture of the sun on it made her feel warm.
+But Philip shivered under his complicated crosses and lions, as the
+_Lightning Loose_ swept on over the dark tide between the dark walls and
+under the dark roof of the cavern.
+
+'Cheer up,' said the parrot. 'Think what a lot of adventures you're
+having that no one else has ever had: think what a lot of things you'll
+have to tell the other boys when you go to school.'
+
+'The other boys wouldn't believe a word of it,' said Philip in gloom. 'I
+wouldn't unless I knew it was true.'
+
+'What I think is,' said Lucy, watching the yellow light from the lamps
+rushing ahead along the roof, 'that we shan't want to tell people. It'll
+be just enough to know it ourselves and talk about it, just Philip and
+me together.'
+
+'Well, as to that----' the parrot was beginning doubtfully, when he
+broke off to exclaim:
+
+'Do my claws deceive me or is there a curious vibration, and noticeable
+acceleration of velocity?'
+
+'Eh?' said Philip, which is not manners, and he knew it.
+
+'He means,' said Max stolidly, 'aren't we going rather fast and rather
+wobbly?'
+
+We certainly were. The _Lightning Loose_ was going faster and faster
+along that subterranean channel, and every now and then gave a lurch and
+a shiver.
+
+'Oh!' whined Brenda; 'this is a dreadful place for dear little dogs!'
+
+'Philip!' said Lucy in a low voice, 'I know something is going to
+happen. Something dreadful. We _are_ friends, aren't we?'
+
+'Yes,' said Philip firmly.
+
+'Then I wish you'd kiss me.'
+
+'I can like you just as much without that,' said Philip uneasily.
+'Kissing people--it's silly, don't you think?'
+
+'Nobody's kissed me since daddy went away,' she said, 'except Helen. And
+you don't mind kissing Helen. She _said_ you were going to adopt me for
+your sister.'
+
+'Oh! all right,' said Philip, and put his arm round her and kissed her.
+She felt so little and helpless and bony in his arm that he suddenly
+felt sorry for her, kissed her again more kindly and then, withdrawing
+his arm, thumped her hearteningly on the back.
+
+'Be a man,' he said in tones of comradeship and encouragement. 'I'm
+perfectly certain nothing's going to happen. We're just going through a
+tunnel, and presently we shall just come out into the open air again,
+with the sky and the stars going on as usual.'
+
+He spoke this standing on the prow beside Lucy, and as he spoke she
+clutched his arm.
+
+'Oh, look,' she breathed, 'oh, listen!'
+
+He listened. And he heard a dull echoing roar that got louder and
+louder. And he looked. The light of the lamps shone ahead on the dark
+gleaming water, and then quite suddenly it did not shine on the water
+because there was no longer any water for it to shine on. Only great
+empty black darkness. A great hole, ahead, into which the stream poured
+itself. And now they were at the edge of the gulf. The _Lightning Loose_
+gave a shudder and a bound and hung for what seemed a long moment on the
+edge of the precipice down which the underground river was pouring
+itself in a smooth sleek stream, rather like poured treacle, over what
+felt like the edge of everything solid.
+
+[Illustration: Plunged headlong over the edge.]
+
+The moment ended, and the little yacht, with Philip and Lucy and the
+parrot and the two dogs, plunged headlong over the edge into the dark
+unknown abyss below.
+
+'It's all right, Lu,' said Philip in that moment. 'I'll take care of
+you.'
+
+And then there was silence in the cavern--only the rushing sound of the
+great waterfall echoed in the rocky arch.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+THE GREAT SLOTH
+
+
+You have heard of Indians shooting rapids in their birch-bark canoes?
+And perhaps you have yourself sailed a toy boat on a stream, and made a
+dam of clay, and waited with more or less patience till the water rose
+nearly to the top, and then broken a bit of your dam out and made a
+waterfall and let your boat drift over the edge of it. You know how it
+goes slowly at first, then hesitates and sweeps on more and more
+quickly. Sometimes it upsets; and sometimes it shudders and strains and
+trembles and sways to one side and to the other, and at last rights
+itself and makes up its mind, and rushes on down the stream, usually to
+be entangled in the clump of rushes at the stream's next turn. This is
+what happened to that good yacht, the _Lightning Loose_. She shot over
+the edge of that dark smooth subterranean waterfall, hung a long
+breathless moment between still air and falling water, slid down like a
+flash, dashed into the stream below, shuddered, reeled, righted herself
+and sped on. You have perhaps been down the water chute at Earl's Court?
+It was rather like that.
+
+'It's--it's all right,' said Philip, in a rather shaky whisper. 'She's
+going on all right.'
+
+'Yes,' said Lucy, holding his arm very tight; 'yes, I'm sure she's going
+on all right.'
+
+'Are we drowned?' said a trembling squeak. 'Oh, Max, are we really
+drowned?'
+
+'I don't think so,' Max replied with caution. 'And if we are, my dear,
+we cannot undrown ourselves by screams.'
+
+'Far from it,' said the parrot, who had for the moment been rendered
+quite speechless by the shock. And you know a parrot is not made
+speechless just by any little thing. 'So we may just as well try to
+behave,' it said.
+
+The lamps had certainly behaved, and behaved beautifully; through the
+wild air of the fall, the wild splash as the _Lightning Loose_ struck
+the stream below, the lamps had shone on, seemingly undisturbed.
+
+'An example to us all,' said the parrot.
+
+'Yes, but,' said Lucy, 'what are we to do?'
+
+'When adventures take a turn one is far from expecting, one does what
+one can,' said the parrot.
+
+'And what's that?'
+
+'Nothing,' said the parrot. 'Philip has relieved Max at the helm and is
+steering a straight course between the banks--if you can call them
+banks. There is nothing else to be done.'
+
+There plainly wasn't. The _Lightning Loose_ rushed on through the
+darkness. Lucy reflected for a moment and then made cocoa. This was real
+heroism. It cheered every one up, including the cocoa-maker herself. It
+was impossible to believe that anything dreadful was going to happen
+when you were making that soft, sweet, ordinary drink.
+
+'I say,' Philip remarked when she carried a cup to him at the wheel,
+'I've been thinking. All this is out of a book. Some one must have let
+it out. I know what book it's out of too. And if the whole story got out
+of the book we're all right. Only we shall go on for ages and climb out
+at last, three days' journey from Trieste.'
+
+'I see,' said Lucy, and added that she hated geography. 'Drink your
+cocoa while it's hot,' she said in motherly accents, and 'what book is
+it?'
+
+'It's _The Last Cruise of the Teal_,' he said. 'Helen gave it me just
+before she went away. It's a ripping book, and I used it for the roof
+of the outer court of the Hall of Justice. I remember it perfectly. The
+chaps on the _Teal_ made torches of paper soaked in paraffin.'
+
+'We haven't any,' said Lucy; 'besides our lamps light everything up all
+right. Oh! there's Brenda crying again. She hasn't a shadow of pluck.'
+
+She went quickly to the cabin where Max was trying to cheer Brenda by
+remarks full of solid good sense, to which Brenda paid no attention
+whatever.
+
+'I knew how it would be,' she kept saying in a whining voice; 'I told
+you so from the beginning. I wish we hadn't come. I want to go home. Oh!
+what a dreadful thing to happen to dear little dogs.'
+
+'Brenda,' said Lucy firmly, 'if you don't stop whining you shan't have
+any cocoa.'
+
+Brenda stopped at once and wagged her tail appealingly.
+
+'Cocoa?' she said, 'did any one say cocoa? My nerves are so delicate. I
+know I'm a trial, dear Max, it's no use your pretending I'm not, but
+there is nothing like cocoa for the nerves. Plenty of sugar, please,
+dear Lucy. Thank you _so_ much! Yes, it's _just_ as I like it.'
+
+'There will be other things to eat by and by,' said Lucy. 'People who
+whine won't get any.'
+
+'I'm sure nobody would _dream_ of whining,' said Brenda. 'I know I'm too
+sensitive; but you can do anything with dear little dogs by kindness.
+And as for whining--do you know it's a thing I've never been subject to,
+from a child, never. Max will tell you the same.'
+
+Max said nothing, but only fixed his beautiful eyes hopefully on the
+cocoa jug.
+
+And all the time the yacht was speeding along the underground stream,
+beneath the vast arch of the underground cavern.
+
+'The worst of it is we may be going ever so far away from where we want
+to get to,' said Philip, when Max had undertaken the steering again.
+
+'All roads,' remarked the parrot, 'lead to Somnolentia. And besides the
+ship is travelling due north--at least so the ship's compass states, and
+I have no reason as yet for doubting its word.'
+
+'Hullo!' cried more than one voice, and the ship shot out of the dark
+cavern into a sheet of water that lay spread under a white dome. The
+stream that had brought them there seemed to run across one side of this
+pool. Max, directed by the parrot, steered the ship into smooth water,
+where she lay at rest at last in the very middle of this great
+underground lake.
+
+'_This_ isn't out of _The Cruise of the Teal_,' said Philip. 'They must
+have shut that book.'
+
+'I think it's out of a book about Mexico or Peru or Ingots or some
+geographical place,' said Lucy; 'it had a green-and-gold binding. I
+think you used it for the other end of the outer justice court. And if
+you did, this dome's solid silver, and there's a hole in it, and under
+this dome there's untold treasure in gold incas.'
+
+'What's incas?'
+
+'Gold bars, I believe,' said Lucy; 'and Mexicans come down through the
+hole in the roof and get it, and when enemies come they flood it with
+water. It's flooded now,' she added unnecessarily.
+
+'I wish adventures had never been invented,' said Brenda. 'No, dear
+Lucy, I am not whining. Far from it. But if a dear little dog might
+suggest it, we should all be better in a home, should we not?'
+
+All eyes now perceived a dark hole in the roof, a round hole exactly in
+the middle of the shining dome. And as they gazed the dark hole became
+light. And they saw above them a white shining disk like a very large
+and very bright moon. It was the light of day.
+
+'Some one has opened the trap-door,' said Lucy. 'The Ingots always
+closed their treasure-vaults with trap-doors.'
+
+The bright disk was obscured; confused shapes broke its shining
+roundness. Then another disk, small and very black appeared in the
+middle of it; the black disk grew larger and larger and larger. It was
+coming down to them. Slowly and steadily it came; now it reached the
+level of the dome, now it hung below it; down, down, down it came, past
+the level of their eager eyes and splashed in the water close by the
+ship. It was a large empty bucket. The rope which held it was jerked
+from above; the bucket dipped and filled and was drawn up again slowly
+and steadily till it disappeared in the hole in the roof.
+
+'Quick,' said the parrot, 'get the ship exactly under the hole, and next
+time the bucket comes down you can go up in it.'
+
+'This is out of the _Arabian Nights_, I think,' said Lucy, when the
+yacht was directly under the hole in the roof. 'But who is it that keeps
+on opening the books? Somebody must be pulling Polistopolis down.'
+
+'The Pretenderette, I shouldn't wonder,' said Philip gloomily. 'She
+isn't the Deliverer, so she must be the Destroyer. Nobody else can get
+into Polistarchia, you know.'
+
+'There's me.'
+
+'Oh, you're Deliverer too.'
+
+'Thank you,' said Lucy gratefully. 'But there's Helen.'
+
+'She was only on the Island, you know; she couldn't come to
+Polistarchia. Look out!'
+
+The bucket was descending again, and instead of splashing in the water
+it bumped on the deck.
+
+'You go first,' said Philip to Lucy.
+
+'And you,' said Max to Brenda.
+
+'Oh, I'll go first if you like,' said Philip.
+
+'Yes,' said Max, 'I'll go first if you like, Brenda.'
+
+You see Philip felt that he ought to give Lucy the first chance of
+escaping from the poor _Lightning Loose_. Yet he could not be at all
+sure what it was that she would be escaping to. And if there was danger
+overhead, of course he ought to be the one to go first to face it. And
+the worthy Max felt the same about Brenda.
+
+And Lucy felt just the same as they did. I don't know what Brenda felt.
+She whined a little. Then for one moment Lucy and Philip stood on the
+deck each grasping the handle of the bucket and looking at each other,
+and the dogs looked at them, and the parrot looked at every one in turn.
+An impatient jerk and shake of the rope from above reminded them that
+there was no time to lose.
+
+Lucy decided that it was more dangerous to go than to stay, just at the
+same moment when Philip decided that it was more dangerous to stay than
+to go, so when Lucy stepped into the bucket Philip helped her eagerly.
+Max thought the same as Philip, and I am afraid Brenda agreed with them.
+At any rate she leaped into Lucy's lap and curled her long length round
+just as the rope tightened and the bucket began to go up. Brenda
+screamed faintly, but her scream was stifled at once.
+
+'I'll send the bucket down again the moment I get up,' Lucy called out;
+and a moment later, 'it feels awfully jolly, like a swing.'
+
+And so saying she was drawn up into the hole in the roof of the dome.
+Then a sound of voices came down the shaft, a confused sound; the
+anxious little party on the _Lightning Loose_ could not make out any
+distinct words. They all stood staring up, expecting, waiting for the
+bucket to come down again.
+
+'I hate leaving the ship,' said Philip.
+
+'You shall be the last to leave her,' said the parrot consolingly; 'that
+is if we can manage about Max without your having to sit on him in the
+bucket if he gets in first.'
+
+'But how about you?' said Philip.
+
+[Illustration: The bucket began to go up.]
+
+A little arrogantly the parrot unfolded half a bright wing.
+
+'Oh!' said Philip enlightened and reminded. 'Of course! And you might
+have flown away at any time. And yet you stuck to us. I say, you know,
+that was jolly decent of you.'
+
+'Not at all,' said the parrot with conscious modesty.
+
+'But it was,' Philip insisted. 'You might have---- hullo!' cried Philip.
+The bucket came down again with a horrible rush. They held their breaths
+and looked to see the form of Lucy hurtling through the air. But no, the
+bucket swung loose a moment in mid-air, then it was hastily drawn up,
+and a hollow metallic clang echoed through the cavern.
+
+'Brenda!' the cry was wrung from the heart of the sober self-contained
+Max.
+
+'My wings and claws!' exclaimed the parrot.
+
+'Oh, bother!' said Philip.
+
+There was some excuse for these expressions of emotion. The white disk
+overhead had suddenly disappeared. Some one up above had banged the lid
+down. And all the manly hearts were below in the cave, and brave Lucy
+and helpless Brenda were above in a strange place, whose dangers those
+below could only imagine.
+
+'I wish _I'd_ gone,' said Philip. 'Oh, I _wish_ I'd gone.'
+
+'Yes, indeed,' said Max, with a deep sigh.
+
+'I feel a little faint,' said the parrot; 'if some one would make a cup
+of cocoa.'
+
+Thus did the excellent bird seek to occupy their minds in that first
+moment of disaster. And it was well that the captain and crew were thus
+saved from despair. For before the kettle boiled, the lid of the shaft
+opened about a foot and something largeish, roundish and lumpish fell
+heavily and bounced upon the deck of the _Lightning Loose_.
+
+It was a pine-apple, fresh, ripe and juicy. On its side was carved in
+large letters of uncertain shape the one word 'WAIT.'
+
+It was good advice and they took it. Really I do not see what else they
+could have done in any case. And they ate the pine-apple. And presently
+every one felt extremely sleepy.
+
+'Waiting is one of those things that you can do as well asleep as awake,
+or even better,' said the parrot. 'Forty winks will do us all the good
+in the world.' He put his head under his wing where he sat on the
+binnacle.
+
+'May I turn in alongside you, sir?' Max asked. 'I shan't feel the
+dreadful loneliness so much then.'
+
+So Philip and Max curled up together on the deck, warmly covered with
+the spare flags of all nations, and the forty winks lasted for the space
+of a good night's rest--about ten hours, in fact. So ten hours' waiting
+was got through quite easily. But there was more waiting to do after
+they woke up, and that was not so easy.
+
+ . . . . . . .
+
+When Lucy, sitting in the bucket with Brenda in her lap, felt the bucket
+lifted from the deck and swung loose in the air, it was as much as she
+could do to refrain from screaming. Brenda _did_ scream, as you know,
+but Lucy stifled the sound in the folds of her frock.
+
+Lucy bit her lips, made a great effort and called out that remark about
+the bucket-swing, just as though she were quite comfortable. It was very
+brave of her and helped her to go on being brave.
+
+The bucket drew slowly up and up and up and passed from the silver dome
+into the dark shaft above. Lucy looked up. Yes, it was daylight that
+showed at the top of the shaft, and the rope was drawing her up towards
+it. Suppose the rope broke? Brenda was quite quiet now. She said
+afterwards that she must have fainted. And now the light was nearer and
+nearer. Now Lucy was in it, for the bucket had been drawn right up, and
+hands were reached out to draw it over the side of what seemed like a
+well. At that moment Lucy saw in a flash what might happen if the owners
+of the hands, in their surprise, let go the bucket and the windlass. She
+caught Brenda in her hands and threw the dog out on to the dry ground,
+and threw herself across the well parapet. Just in time, for a shout of
+surprise went up and the bucket went down, clanging against the well
+sides. The hands _had_ let go.
+
+Lucy clambered over the well side slowly, and when her feet stood on
+firm ground she saw that the hands were winding up the bucket again, and
+that it came very easily.
+
+'Oh, don't!' she said. 'Let it go right down! There are some more people
+down there.'
+
+'Sorry, but it's against the rules. The bucket only goes down this well
+forty times a day. And that was the fortieth time.'
+
+They pulled the bucket in and banged down the lid of the well. Some one
+padlocked it and put the key in his pocket. And Lucy and he stood facing
+each other. He was a little round-headed man in a curious stiff red
+tunic, and there was something about the general shape of him and his
+tunic which reminded Lucy of something, only she could not remember
+what. Behind him stood two others, also red-tunicked and round-headed.
+
+[Illustration: Lucy threw herself across the well parapet.]
+
+Brenda crouched at Lucy's feet and whined softly, and Lucy waited for
+the strangers to speak.
+
+'You shouldn't do that,' said the red-tunicked man at last, 'it was a
+great shock to us, your bobbing up as you did. It will keep us awake at
+night, just remembering it.'
+
+'I'm sorry,' said Lucy.
+
+'You should always come into strange towns by the front gate,' said the
+man; 'try to remember that, will you? Good-night.'
+
+'But you're not going off like this,' said Lucy. 'Let me write a note
+and drop it down to the others. Have you a bit of pencil, and paper?'
+
+'No,' said the strange people, staring at her.
+
+'Haven't you anything I can write on?' Lucy asked them.
+
+'There's nothing here but pine-apples,' said one of them at last.
+
+So she cut a pine-apple from among the hundreds that grew among the
+rocks near by, and carved 'WAIT' on it with her penknife.
+
+'Now,' she said, 'open that well lid.'
+
+'It's as much as our lives are worth,' said the leader.
+
+'No it isn't,' said Lucy; 'there's no law against dropping pine-apples
+into the well. You know there isn't. It isn't like drawing water. And if
+you don't I shall set my little dog at you. She is very fierce.'
+
+Brenda was so flattered that she showed her teeth and growled.
+
+'Oh, very well,' said the stranger; 'anything to avoid fuss.'
+
+When the well lid was padlocked down again, Lucy said:
+
+'What country is this?' though she was almost sure, because of the
+pine-apples, that it was Somnolentia. And when they had said that word
+she said:
+
+'Now I'll tell you something. The Deliverer is coming up that well next
+time you draw water. He is coming to deliver you from the bondage of the
+Great Sloth.'
+
+'It is true,' said the red round-headed leader, 'that we are in bondage.
+And the Great Sloth wearies us with the singing of choric songs when we
+long to be asleep. But none can deliver us. There is no hope. There is
+nothing good but sleep. And of that we have never enough.'
+
+'Oh, dear,' said Lucy despairingly, 'aren't there any women here? They
+always have more sense than men.'
+
+'What you say is rude as well as untrue,' said the red leader; 'but to
+avoid fuss we will lead you and your fierce dog to the huts of the
+women. And then perhaps you will allow us to go to sleep.'
+
+The huts were poor and mean, little fenced-in corners in the ruins of
+what had once been a great and beautiful city, with gardens and streams;
+but now the streams were dry and nothing grew in the gardens but weeds
+and pine-apples.
+
+But the women--who all wore green tunics of the same stiff shape as the
+men's--were not quite so sleepy as their husbands. They brought Lucy
+fresh pine-apples to eat, and were dreamily interested in the cut of her
+clothes and the begging accomplishments of Brenda. And from the women
+she learned several things about the Somnolentians. They all wore the
+same shaped tunics, only the colours differed. The women's were green,
+the drawers of water wore red, the attendants of the Great Sloth wore
+black, and the pine-apple gatherers wore yellow.
+
+And as Lucy sat at the door of the hut and watched the people in these
+four colours going lazily about among the ruins she suddenly knew what
+they were, and she exclaimed:
+
+'I know what you are; you're Halma men.'
+
+Instantly every man within earshot made haste to get away, and the women
+whispered, 'Hush! It is death to breathe that name.'
+
+'But why?' Lucy asked.
+
+'Halma was the great captain of our race,' said the woman, 'and the
+Great Sloth fears that if we hear his name it will rouse us and we shall
+break from bondage and become once more a free people.'
+
+Lucy determined that they should hear that name pretty often; but before
+she could speak it again the woman sighed, and remarking 'The Great
+Sloth sleeps,' fell asleep then and there over the pine-apple she was
+peeling. A vast silence settled on the city, and next moment Lucy also
+slept. She slept for hours.
+
+ . . . . . . .
+
+It took her some time to find the keeper of the padlock key, and when
+she had found him he refused to use it. Nothing would move him, not even
+the threat of the fierceness of Brenda.
+
+At last, almost in despair, Lucy suddenly remembered a word of power.
+
+'I command you to open the well and let down the bucket,' she said. 'I
+command you by the great name of Halma.'
+
+'It is death to speak that name,' said the keeper of the key, looking
+over his shoulder anxiously.
+
+'It is life to speak that name,' said Lucy. 'Halma! Halma! Halma! If you
+don't open that well I'll carve the name on a pine-apple and send it in
+on the golden tray with the Great Sloth's dinner.'
+
+'It would have the lives of hundreds for that,' said the keeper in
+horror.
+
+'Open the well then,' said Lucy.
+
+ . . . . . . .
+
+They all held a council as soon as Philip and Max had been safely drawn
+up in the bucket, and Lucy told them all she knew.
+
+'I think whatever we do we ought to be quick,' said Lucy; 'that Great
+Sloth is dangerous. I'm sure it is. It's sent already to say I am to be
+brought to its presence to sing songs to it while it goes to sleep. It
+doesn't mind me because it knows I'm not the Deliverer. And if you'll
+let me, I believe I can work everything all right. But if it knows
+you're here, it'll be much harder.'
+
+The degraded Halma men were watching them from a distance, in whispering
+groups.
+
+'I shall go and sing to the Great Sloth,' she said, 'and you must go
+about and say the name of power to every one you meet, and tell them
+you're the Deliverer. Then if my idea doesn't come off, we must
+overpower the Great Sloth by numbers and . . . . You just go about saying
+"Halma!"--see?'
+
+'While you do the dangerous part? Likely!' said Philip.
+
+'It's not dangerous. It never hurts the people who sing--never,' said
+Lucy. 'Now I'm going.'
+
+And she went before Philip could stop her.
+
+'Let her go,' said the parrot; 'she is a wise child.'
+
+The temple of the Great Sloth was built of solid gold. It had beautiful
+pillars and doorways and windows and courts, one inside the other, each
+paved with gold flagstones. And in the very middle of everything was a
+large room which was entirely feather-bed. There the Great Sloth passed
+its useless life in eating, sleeping and listening to music.
+
+Outside the moorish arch that led to this inner room Lucy stopped and
+began to sing. She had a clear little voice and she sang 'Jockey to the
+Fair,' and 'Early one morning,' and then she stopped.
+
+And a great sleepy slobbery voice came out from the room and said:
+
+'Your songs are in very bad taste. Do you know no sleepy songs?'
+
+'Your people sing you sleepy songs,' said Lucy. 'What a pity they can't
+sing to you all the time.'
+
+'You have a sympathetic nature,' said the Great Sloth, and it came out
+and leaned on the pillar of its door and looked at her with sleepy
+interest. It was enormous, as big as a young elephant, and it walked on
+its hind legs like a gorilla. It was very black indeed.
+
+'It _is_ a pity,' it said; 'but they say they cannot live without
+drinking, so they waste their time in drawing water from the wells.'
+
+'Wouldn't it be nice,' said Lucy, 'if you had a machine for drawing
+water. Then they could sing to you all day--if they chose.'
+
+'If _I_ chose,' said the Great Sloth, yawning like a hippopotamus. 'I am
+sleepy. Go!'
+
+'No,' said Lucy, and it was so long since the Great Sloth had heard that
+word that the shock of the sound almost killed its sleepiness.
+
+'_What_ did you say?' it asked, as if it could not believe its large
+ears.
+
+'I said "No,"' said Lucy. 'I mean that you are so great and grand you
+have only to wish for anything and you get it.'
+
+'Is that so?' said the Great Sloth dreamily and like an American.
+
+'Yes,' said Lucy with firmness. 'You just say, "I wish I had a machine
+to draw up water for eight hours a day." That's the proper length for a
+working day. Father says so.'
+
+'Say it all again, and slower,' said the creature. 'I didn't quite catch
+what you said.'
+
+Lucy repeated the words.
+
+'If that's all. . . .' said the Great Sloth; 'now say it again, very
+slowly indeed.'
+
+Lucy did so and the Great Sloth repeated after her:
+
+'I wish I had a machine to draw up water for eight hours a day.'
+
+'Don't,' it said angrily, looking back over its shoulder into the
+feather-bedded room, 'don't, I say. Where are you shoving to? Who are
+you? What are you doing in my room? Come out of it.'
+
+Something did come out of the room, pushing the Great Sloth away from
+the door. And what came out was the vast feather-bed in enormous rolls
+and swellings and bulges. It was being pushed out by something so big
+and strong that it was stronger that the Great Sloth itself, and pushed
+that mountain of lazy sloth-flesh half across its own inner courtyard.
+Lucy retreated before its advancing bulk and its extreme rage.
+
+'Push me out of my own feather-bedroom, would it?' said the Sloth, now
+hardly sleepy at all. 'You wait till I get hold of it, whatever it is.'
+
+The whole of the feather-bed was out in the courtyard now, and the Great
+Sloth climbed slowly back over it into its room to find out who had
+dared to outrage its Slothful Majesty.
+
+Lucy waited, breathless with hope and fear, as the Great Sloth blundered
+back into the inner room of its temple. It did not come out again.
+There was a silence, and then a creaking sound and the voice of the
+Great Sloth saying:
+
+'No, no, no, I won't. Let go, I tell you.' Then more sounds of creaking
+and the sound of metal on metal.
+
+She crept to the arch and peeped round it.
+
+The room that had been full of feather-bed was now full of wheels and
+cogs and bands and screws and bars. It was full, in fact, of a large and
+complicated machine. And the handle of that machine was being turned by
+the Great Sloth itself.
+
+'Let me go,' said the Great Sloth, gnashing its great teeth. 'I won't
+work!'
+
+'You must,' said a purring voice from the heart of the machinery. 'You
+wished for me, and now you have to work me eight hours a day. It is the
+law'; it was the machine itself which spoke.
+
+'I'll break you,' said the Sloth.
+
+'I am unbreakable,' said the machine with gentle pride.
+
+'This is your doing,' said the Sloth, turning its furious eyes on Lucy
+in the doorway. 'You wait till I catch you!' And all the while it had to
+go on turning that handle.
+
+'Thank you,' said Lucy politely; 'I think I will not wait. And I shall
+have eight hours' start,' she added.
+
+Even as she spoke a stream of clear water began to run from the pumping
+machine. It slid down the gold steps and across the golden court. Lucy
+ran out into the ruined square of the city shouting:
+
+'Halma! Halma! Halma! To me, Halma's men!'
+
+And the men, already excited by Philip, who had gone about saying that
+name of power without a moment's pause all the time Lucy had been in the
+golden temple, gathered round her in a crowd.
+
+'Quick!' she said; 'the Great Sloth is pumping water up for you. He will
+pump for eight hours a day. Quick! dig a channel for the water to run
+in. The Deliverer,' she pointed to Philip, 'has given you back your
+river.'
+
+Some ran to look out old rusty half-forgotten spades and picks. But
+others hesitated and said:
+
+'The Great Sloth will work for eight hours, and then it will be free to
+work vengeance on us.'
+
+'I will go back,' said Lucy, 'and explain to it that if it does not
+behave nicely you will all wish for machine guns, and it knows now
+that if people wish for machinery they have to use it. It will be
+awake now for eight hours and if you all work for eight hours a day
+you'll soon have your city as fine as ever. And there's one new law.
+Every time the clock strikes you must all say "Halma!" aloud, every one
+of you, to remind yourselves of your great destiny, and that you are no
+longer slaves of the Great Sloth.'
+
+[Illustration: And all the while it had to go on turning that handle.]
+
+She went back and explained machine guns very carefully to the now
+hard-working Sloth. When she came back all the men were at work digging
+a channel for the new river.
+
+The women and children crowded round Lucy and Philip.
+
+'Ah!' said the oldest woman of all, 'now we shall be able to wash in
+water. I've heard my grandmother say water was very pleasant to wash in.
+I never thought I should live to wash in water myself.'
+
+'Why?' Lucy asked. 'What do you wash in?'
+
+'Pine-apple juice,' said a dozen voices, 'when we _do_ wash!'
+
+'But that must be very sticky,' said Lucy.
+
+'It is,' said the oldest woman of all; 'very!'
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+THE NIGHT ATTACK
+
+
+The Halma men were not naturally lazy. They were, in the days before the
+coming of the Great Sloth, a most energetic and industrious people. Now
+that the Sloth was obliged to work eight hours a day, the weight of its
+constant and catching sleepiness was taken away, and the people set to
+work in good earnest. (I did explain, didn't I, that the Great Sloth's
+sleepiness really was catching, like measles?)
+
+So now the Halma men were as busy as ants. Some dug the channel for the
+new stream, some set to work to restore the buildings, while others
+weeded the overgrown gardens and ploughed the deserted fields. The head
+Halma man painted in large letters on a column in the market-place these
+words:
+
+'This city is now called by its ancient name of Briskford. Any citizen
+found calling it Somnolentia will not be allowed to wash in water for a
+week.'
+
+The head-man was full of schemes, the least of which was the lighting of
+the town by electricity, the power to be supplied by the Great Sloth.
+
+'He can't go on pumping eight hours a day,' said the head-man; 'I can
+easily adjust the machine to all sorts of other uses.'
+
+In the evening a banquet was (of course) given to the Deliverers. The
+banquet was all pine-apple and water, because there had been no time to
+make or get anything else. But the speeches were very flattering; and
+Philip and Lucy were very pleased, more so than Brenda, who did not like
+pine-apple and made but little effort to conceal her disappointment. Max
+accepted bits of pine-apple, out of politeness, and hid them among the
+feet of the guests so that nobody's feelings should be hurt.
+
+'I don't know how we're to get back to the island,' said Philip next
+day, 'now we've lost the _Lightning Loose_.'
+
+'I think we'd better go back by way of Polistopolis,' said Lucy, 'and
+find out who's been opening the books. If they go on they may let simply
+anything out. And if the worst comes to the worst, perhaps we could get
+some one to help us to open the _Teal_ book again and get the _Teal_
+out to cross to the island in.'
+
+'Lu,' said Philip with feeling, 'you're clever, really clever. No, I'm
+not kidding. I mean it. And I'm sorry I ever said you were only a girl.
+But how are we to get to Polistopolis?'
+
+It was a difficult problem. The head-man could offer no suggestions. It
+was Brenda who suggested asking the advice of the Great Sloth.
+
+'He is such a fine figure of an animal,' she said admiringly; 'so
+handsome and distinguished-looking. I am sure he must have a really
+great mind. I always think good looks go with really great minds, don't
+you, dear Lucy?'
+
+'We might as well,' said Philip, 'if no one can think of anything else.'
+
+No one could. So they decided to take Brenda's advice.
+
+Now that the Sloth worked every day it was not nearly so disagreeable as
+it had been when it slept so much.
+
+The children approached it at the dinner hour and it listened patiently
+if drowsily to their question. When it had quite done, it reflected--or
+seemed to reflect; perhaps it had fallen asleep--until the town clock
+struck one, the time for resuming work. Then it got up and slouched
+towards its machine.
+
+'Cucumbers,' it said, and began to turn the handle of its wheel. They
+had to wait till tea-time to ask it what it meant, for in that town the
+rule about not speaking to the man at the wheel was strictly enforced.
+
+'Cucumbers,' the Sloth repeated, and added a careful explanation. 'You
+sit on the end of any young cucumber which points in the desired
+direction, and when it has grown to its full length--say sixteen
+inches--why, then you are sixteen inches on your way.'
+
+'But that's not much,' said Lucy.
+
+'Every little helps,' said the Sloth; 'more haste less speed. Then you
+wait till the cucumber seeds, and, when the new plants grow, you select
+the earliest cucumber that points in the desired direction and take your
+seat on it. By the end of the cucumber season you will be another
+sixteen--or with luck seventeen--inches on your way. Thirty-two inches
+in all, almost a yard. And thus you progress towards your goal, slowly
+but surely, like in politics.'
+
+'Thank you very much,' said Philip; 'we will think it over.'
+
+But it did not need much thought.
+
+'If we could get a motor car!' said Philip. 'If you can get machines by
+wishing for them. . . .'
+
+'The very thing,' said Lucy, 'let's find the head-man. _We_ mustn't wish
+for a motor or we should have to go on using it. But perhaps there's
+some one here who'd like to drive a motor--for his living, you know?'
+
+There was. A Halma man, with an inborn taste for machinery, had long
+pined to leave the gathering of pine-apples to others. He was induced to
+wish for a motor and a B.S.A. sixty horse-power car snorted suddenly in
+the place where a moment before no car was.
+
+'Oh, the luxury! This is indeed like home,' sighed Brenda, curling up on
+the air-cushions.
+
+And the children certainly felt a gloriously restful sensation. Nothing
+to be done; no need to think or bother. Just to sit quiet and be borne
+swiftly on through wonderful cities, all of which Philip vaguely
+remembered to have seen, small and near, and built by his own hands and
+Helen's.
+
+And so, at last, they came close to Polistopolis. Philip never could
+tell how it was that he stopped the car outside the city. It must have
+been some quite unaccountable instinct, because naturally, you know,
+when you are not used to being driven in motors, you like to dash up to
+the house you are going to, and enjoy your friends' enjoyment of the
+grand way in which you have travelled. But Philip felt--in that quite
+certain and quite unexplainable way in which you do feel things
+sometimes--that it was best to stop the car among the suburban groves of
+southernwood, and to creep into the town in the disguise afforded by
+motor coats, motor veils and motor goggles. (For of course all these had
+come with the motor car when it was wished for, because no motor car is
+complete without them.)
+
+[Illustration: Philip felt that it was best to stop the car among the
+suburban groves of southernwood.]
+
+They said good-bye warmly to the Halma motor man, and went quietly
+towards the town, Max and Brenda keeping to heel in the most
+praiseworthy way, and the parrot nestling inside Philip's jacket, for it
+was chilled by the long rush through the evening air.
+
+And now the scattered houses and spacious gardens gave place to the
+streets of Polistopolis, the capital of the kingdom. And the streets
+were strangely deserted. The children both felt--in that quite certain
+and unexplainable way--that it would be unwise of them to go to the
+place where they had slept the last time they were in that city.
+
+The whole party was very tired. Max walked with drooping tail, and
+Brenda was whining softly to herself from sheer weariness and
+weak-mindedness. The parrot alone was happy--or at least contented.
+Because it was asleep.
+
+At the corner of a little square planted with southernwood-trees in
+tubs, Philip called a halt.
+
+'Where shall we go?' he said; 'let us put it to the vote.'
+
+And even as he spoke, he saw a dark form creeping along in the shadow of
+the houses.
+
+'Who goes there?' Philip cried with proper spirit, and the answer
+surprised him, all the more that it was given with a kind of desperate
+bravado.
+
+'I go here; I, Plumbeus, Captain of the old Guard of Polistopolis.'
+
+'Oh, it's you!' cried Philip; 'I _am_ glad. You can advise us. Where can
+we go to sleep? Somehow or other I don't care to go to the house where
+we stayed before.'
+
+The captain made no answer. He simply caught at the hands of Lucy and
+Philip, dragged them through a low arched doorway and, as soon as the
+long lengths of Brenda and Max had slipped through, closed the door.
+
+'Safe,' he said in a breathless way, which made Philip feel that safety
+was the last thing one could count on at that moment.
+
+'Now, speak low, who knows what spies may be listening? I am a plain
+man. I speak as I think. You came out of the unknown. You may be the
+Deliverer or the Destroyer. But I am a judge of faces--always was from
+a boy--and I cannot believe that this countenance of apple-cheeked
+innocence is that of a Destroyer.'
+
+Philip was angry and Lucy was furious. So he said nothing. And she said:
+
+'Apple-cheeked yourself!' which was very rude.
+
+'I see that you are annoyed,' said the captain in the dark, where, of
+course, he could see nothing; 'but in calling your friend apple-cheeked
+I was merely offering the highest compliment in my power. The absence of
+fruit in this city is, I suppose, the reason why our compliments are
+like that. I believe poets say "sweet as a rose"--_we_ say "sweet as an
+orange." May I be allowed unreservedly to apologise?'
+
+'Oh, that's all right,' said Philip awkwardly.
+
+'And to ask whether you _are_ the Deliverer?'
+
+'I hope so,' said Philip modestly.
+
+'Of course he is,' said the parrot, putting its head out from the front
+of Philip's jacket; 'and he has done six deeds out of the seven
+already.'
+
+'It is time that deeds were done here,' said the captain. 'I'll make a
+light and get you some supper. I'm in hiding here; but the walls are
+thick and all the shutters are shut.'
+
+He bolted a door and opened the slide of a dark lantern.
+
+'Some of us have taken refuge in the old prison,' he said; 'it's never
+used, you know, so her spies don't infest it as they do every other part
+of the city.'
+
+'Whose spies?'
+
+'The Destroyer's,' said the captain, getting bread and milk out of a
+cupboard; 'at least, if you're the Deliverer she must be that. But she
+says she's the Deliverer.'
+
+He lighted candles and set them on the table as Lucy asked eagerly:
+
+'What Destroyer? Is it a horrid woman in a motor veil?'
+
+'You've guessed it,' said the captain gloomily.
+
+'It's that Pretenderette,' said Philip. 'Does Mr. Noah know? What has
+she been doing?'
+
+'Everything you can think of,' said the captain; 'she says she's Queen,
+and that she's done the seven deeds. And Mr. Noah doesn't know, because
+she's set a guard round the city, and no message can get out or in.'
+
+'The Hippogriff?' said Lucy.
+
+'Yes, of course I thought of that,' said the captain. 'And so did she.
+She's locked it up and thrown the key into one of the municipal wells.'
+
+'But why do the guards obey her?' Philip asked.
+
+'They're not _our_ guards, of course,' the captain answered. 'They're
+strange soldiers that she got out of a book. She got the people to pull
+down the Hall of Justice by pretending there was fruit in the gigantic
+books it's built with. And when the book was opened these soldiers came
+marching out. The Sequani and the Aedui they call themselves. And when
+you've finished supper we ought to hold a council. There are a lot of us
+here. All sorts. Distinctions of rank are forgotten in times of public
+peril.'
+
+Some twenty or thirty people presently gathered in that round room from
+whose windows Philip and Lucy had looked out when they were first
+imprisoned. There were indeed all sorts, match-servants, domino-men,
+soldiers, china-men, Mr. Noah's three sons and his wife, a pirate and a
+couple of sailors.
+
+'What book,' Philip asked Lucy in an undertone, 'did she get these
+soldiers out of?'
+
+'Caesar, I think,' said Lucy. 'And I'm afraid it was my fault. I
+remember telling her about the barbarians and the legions and things
+after father had told me--when she was my nurse, you know. She's very
+clever at thinking of horrid things to do, isn't she?'
+
+The council talked for two hours, and nobody said anything worth
+mentioning. When every one was quite tired out, every one went to bed.
+
+It was Philip who woke in the night in the grasp of a sudden idea.
+
+'What is it?' asked Max, rousing himself from his warm bed at Philip's
+feet.
+
+'I've thought of something,' said Philip in a low excited voice. 'I'm
+going to have a night attack.'
+
+'Shall I wake the others?' asked Max, ever ready to oblige.
+
+Philip thought a moment. Then:
+
+'No,' he said, 'it's rather dangerous; and besides I want to do it all
+by myself. Lucy's done more than her share already. Look out, Max; I'm
+going to get up and go out.'
+
+He got up and he went out. There was a faint greyness of dawn now which
+showed him the great square of the city on which he and Lucy had looked
+from the prison window, a very long time ago as it seemed. He found
+without difficulty the ruins of the Hall of Justice.
+
+And among the vast blocks scattered on the ground was one that seemed of
+grey marble, and bore on its back in gigantic letters of gold the words
+_De Bello Gallico_.
+
+Philip stole back to the prison and roused the captain.
+
+'I want twenty picked men,' he said, 'without boots--and at once.'
+
+He got them, and he led them to the ruins of the Justice Hall.
+
+'Now,' he said, 'raise the cover of this book; only the cover, not any
+of the pages.'
+
+The men set their shoulders to the marble slab that was the book's cover
+and heaved it up. And as it rose on their shoulders Philip spoke softly,
+urgently.
+
+'Caesar,' he said, 'Caesar!'
+
+And a voice answered from under the marble slab.
+
+'Who calls?' it said. 'Who calls upon Julius Caesar?'
+
+And from the space below the slab, as it were from a marble tomb, a thin
+figure stepped out, clothed in toga and cloak and wearing on its head a
+crown of bays.
+
+'_I_ called,' said Philip in a voice that trembled a little. 'There's no
+one but you who can help. The barbarians of Gaul hold this city. I call
+on great Caesar to drive them away. No one else can help us.'
+
+Caesar stood for a moment silent in the grey twilight. Then he spoke.
+
+'I will do it,' he said; 'you have often tried to master Caesar and
+always failed. Now you shall be no more ashamed of that failure, for you
+shall see Caesar's power. Bid your slaves raise the leaves of my book to
+the number of fifteen.'
+
+It was done, and Caesar turned towards the enormous open book.
+
+'Come forth!' he said. 'Come forth, my legions!'
+
+Then something in the book moved suddenly, and out of it, as out of an
+open marble tomb, came long lines of silent armed men, ranged themselves
+in ranks, and, passing Caesar, saluted. And still more came, and more
+and more, each with the round shield and the shining helmet and the
+javelins and the terrible short sword. And on their backs were the
+packages they used to carry with them into war.
+
+'The Barbarians of Gaul are loose in this city,' said the voice of the
+great commander; 'drive them before you once more as you drove them of
+old.'
+
+'Whither, O Caesar?' asked one of the Roman generals.
+
+'Drive them, O Titus Labienus,' said Caesar, 'back into that book
+wherein I set them more than nineteen hundred years ago, and from which
+they have dared to escape. Who is their leader?' he asked of Philip.
+
+'The Pretenderette,' said Philip; 'a woman in a motor veil.'
+
+'Caesar does not war with women,' said the man in the laurel crown; 'let
+her be taken prisoner and brought before me.'
+
+Low-voiced, the generals of Caesar's army gave their commands, and with
+incredible quietness the army moved away, spreading itself out in all
+directions.
+
+'She has caged the Hippogriff,' said Philip; 'the winged horse, and we
+want to send him with a message.'
+
+'See that the beast is freed,' said Caesar, and turned to Plumbeus the
+captain. 'We be soldiers together,' he said. 'Lead me to the main gate.
+It is there that the fight will be fiercest.' He laid a hand on the
+captain's shoulder, and at the head of the last legion, Caesar and the
+captain of the soldiers marched to the main gate.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+THE END
+
+
+Philip tore back to the prison, to be met at the door by Lucy.
+
+'I hate you,' she said briefly, and Philip understood.
+
+'I couldn't help it,' he said; 'I did want to do something by myself.'
+
+And Lucy understood.
+
+'And besides,' he said, 'I was coming back for you. Don't be snarky
+about it, Lu. I've called up Caesar himself. And you shall see him
+before he goes back into the book. Come on; if we're sharp we can hide
+in the ruins of the Justice Hall and see everything. I noticed there was
+a bit of the gallery left standing. Come on. I want you to think what
+message to send by the Hippogriff to Mr. Noah.'
+
+'Oh, you needn't trouble about that,' said Lucy in an off-hand manner.
+'I sent the parrot off _ages_ ago.'
+
+'And you never told me! Then I think that's quits; don't you?'
+
+Lucy had a short struggle with herself (you know those unpleasant and
+difficult struggles, I am sure!) and said:
+
+'Right-o!'
+
+And together they ran back to the Justice Hall.
+
+The light was growing every moment, and there was now a sound of
+movement in the city. Women came down to the public fountains to draw
+water, and boys swept the paths and doorsteps. That sort of work goes on
+even when barbarians are surrounding a town. And the ordinary sounds of
+a town's awakening came to Lucy and Philip as they waited; crowing cocks
+and barking dogs and cats mewing faintly for the morning milk. But it
+was not for those sounds that Lucy and Philip were waiting.
+
+So through those homely and familiar sounds they listened, listened,
+listened; and very gradually, so that they could neither of them have
+said at any moment 'Now it has begun,' yet quite beyond mistake the
+sound for which they listened was presently loud in their ears. And it
+was the sound of steel on steel; the sound of men shouting in the
+breathless moment between sword-stroke and sword-stroke; the cry of
+victory and the wail of defeat.
+
+And, presently, the sound of feet that ran.
+
+And now a man shot out from a side street and ran across the square
+towards the Palace of Justice where Lucy and Philip were hidden in the
+gallery. And now another and another all running hard and making for the
+ruined hall as hunted creatures make for cover. Rough, big, blond, their
+long hair flying behind them, and their tunics of beast-skins flapping
+as they ran, the barbarians fled before the legions of Caesar. The great
+marble-covered book that looked like a marble tomb was still open, its
+cover and fifteen leaves propped up against the tall broken columns of
+the gateway of the Justice Hall. Into that open book leapt the first
+barbarian, leapt and vanished, and the next after him and the next, and
+then, by twos and threes and sixes and sevens, they leapt in and
+disappeared, amid gasping and shouting and the nearing sound of the
+bucina and of the trumpets of Rome.
+
+Then from all quarters of the city the Roman soldiers came trooping, and
+as the last of the barbarians plunged headlong into the open book, the
+Romans formed into ordered lines and waited, while a man might count
+ten. Then, advancing between their ranks, came the spare form and thin
+face of the man with the laurel crown.
+
+[Illustration: They leapt in and disappeared.]
+
+Twelve thousand swords flashed in air and wavered a little like reeds in
+the breeze, then steadied themselves, and the shout went up from twelve
+thousand throats:
+
+'Ave Caesar!'
+
+And without haste and without delay the Romans filed through the ruins
+to the marble-covered book, and two by two entered it and disappeared.
+Each as he passed the mighty conqueror saluted him with proud mute
+reverence.
+
+When the last soldier was hidden in the book, Caesar looked round him, a
+little wistfully.
+
+'I must speak to him; I must,' Lucy cried; 'I _must_. Oh, what a darling
+he is!'
+
+She ran down the steps from the gallery and straight to Caesar. He
+smiled when she reached him, and gently pinched her ear. Fancy going
+through the rest of your life hearing all the voices of the world
+through an ear that has been pinched by Caesar!
+
+'Oh, thank you! thank you!' said Philip; 'how splendid you are. I'll
+swot up my Latin like anything next term, so as to read about you.'
+
+'Are they all in?' Lucy asked. 'I do hope nobody was hurt.'
+
+Caesar smiled.
+
+'A most unreasonable wish, my child, after a great battle!' he said.
+'But for once the unreasonable is the inevitable. Nobody was hurt. You
+see it was necessary to get every man back into the book just as he left
+it, or what would the schoolmasters have done? There remain now only my
+own guard who have in charge the false woman who let loose the
+barbarians. And here they come.'
+
+Surrounded by a guard with drawn swords the Pretenderette advanced
+slowly.
+
+'Hail, woman!' said Caesar.
+
+'Hail, whoever you are!' said the Pretenderette very sulkily.
+
+'I hail,' said Caesar, 'your courage.'
+
+Philip and Lucy looked at each other. Yes, the Pretenderette had
+courage: they had not thought of that before. All the attempts she had
+made against them--she alone in a strange land--yes, these needed
+courage.
+
+'And I demand to know how you came here?'
+
+'When I found he'd been at his building again,' she said, pointing a
+contemptuous thumb at Philip, 'I was just going to pull it down, and I
+knocked down a brick or two with my sleeve, and not thinking what I was
+doing I built them up again; and then I got a bit giddy and the whole
+thing seemed to begin to grow--candlesticks and bricks and dominoes and
+everything, bigger and bigger and bigger, and I looked in. It was as big
+as a church by this time, and I saw that boy losing his way among the
+candlestick pillars, and I followed him and I listened. And I thought I
+could be as good a Deliverer as anybody else. And the motor veil that I
+was going to catch the 2.37 train in was a fine disguise.'
+
+'You tried to injure the children,' Caesar reminded her.
+
+'I don't want to say anything to make you let me off,' said the
+Pretenderette, 'but at the beginning I didn't think any of it was real.
+I thought it was a dream. You can let your evil passions go in a dream
+and it don't hurt any one.'
+
+'It hurts you,' Caesar said.
+
+'Oh! that's no odds,' said the Pretenderette scornfully.
+
+'You sought to injure and confound the children at every turn,' said
+Caesar, 'even when you found that things were real.'
+
+'I saw there was a chance of being Queen,' said the Pretenderette, 'and
+I took it. Seems to me you've no occasion to talk if you're Julius
+Caesar, the same as the bust in the library. You took what you could get
+right enough in your time, when all's said and done.'
+
+'I hail,' said Caesar again, 'your courage.'
+
+'You needn't trouble,' she said, tossing her head; 'my game's up now,
+and I'll speak my mind if I die for it. You don't understand. You've
+never been a servant, to see other people get all the fat and you all
+the bones. What you think it's like to know if you'd just been born in a
+gentleman's mansion instead of in a model workman's dwelling you'd have
+been brought up as a young lady and had the openwork silk stockings and
+the lace on your under-petticoats.'
+
+'You go too deep for me,' said Caesar, with the ghost of a smile. 'I now
+pronounce your sentence. But life has pronounced on you a sentence worse
+than any I can give you. Nobody loves you.'
+
+'Oh, you old silly,' said the Pretenderette in a burst of angry tears,
+'don't you see that's just why everything's happened?'
+
+'You are condemned,' said Caesar calmly, 'to make yourself beloved. You
+will be taken to Briskford, where you will teach the Great Sloth to like
+his work and keep him awake for eight play-hours a day. In the intervals
+of your toil you must try to get fond of some one. The Halma people are
+kind and gentle. You will not find them hard to love. And when the Great
+Sloth loves his work and the Halma people are so fond of you that they
+feel they cannot bear to lose you, your penance will be over and you can
+go where you will.'
+
+'You know well enough,' said the Pretenderette, still tearful and
+furious, 'that if that ever happened I shouldn't want to go anywhere
+else.'
+
+'Yes,' said Caesar slowly, 'I know.'
+
+Lucy would have liked to kiss the Pretenderette and say she was sorry,
+but you can't do that when it is all other people's fault and _they_
+aren't sorry. And besides, before all these people, it would have looked
+like showing off. You know, I am sure, exactly how Lucy felt.
+
+The Pretenderette was led away. And now Caesar stood facing the
+children, his hands held out in farewell. The growing light of early
+morning transfigured his face, and to Philip it suddenly seemed to be
+most remarkably like the face of That Man, Mr. Peter Graham, whom Helen
+had married. He was just telling himself not to be a duffer when Lucy
+cried out in a loud cracked-sounding voice, 'Daddy, oh, Daddy!' and
+sprang forward.
+
+And at that moment the sun rose above the city wall, and its rays
+gleamed redly on the helmet and the breastplate and the shield and the
+sword of Caesar. The light struck at the children's eyes like a blow.
+Dazzled, they closed their eyes and when they opened them, blinking and
+confused, Caesar was gone and the marble book was closed--for ever.
+
+ . . . . . . .
+
+Three days later Mr. Noah arrived by elephant, and the meeting between
+him and the children is, as they say, better imagined than described.
+Especially as there is not much time left now for describing anything.
+Mr. Noah explained that the freeing of Polistopolis from the
+Pretenderette and the barbarians counted as the seventh deed and that
+Philip had now attained the rank of King, the deed of the Great Sloth
+having given him the title of Prince of Pine-apples. His expression of
+gratitude and admiration were of the warmest, and Philip felt that it
+was rather ungrateful of him to say, as he couldn't help saying:
+
+'Now I've done all the deeds, mayn't I go back to Helen?'
+
+'All in good time,' said Mr. Noah; 'I will at once set about the
+arrangements for your coronation.'
+
+The coronation was an occasion of unexampled splendour. There was a
+banquet (of course) and fireworks, and all the guns fired salutes and
+the soldiers presented arms, and the ladies presented bouquets. And at
+the end Mr. Noah, with a few well-chosen words which brought tears to
+all eyes, placed the gold crown of Polistarchia upon the brow of Philip,
+where its diamonds and rubies shone dazzlingly.
+
+There was an extra crown for Lucy, made of silver and pearls and pale
+silvery moonstones.
+
+You have no idea how the Polistarchians shouted.
+
+'And now,' said Mr. Noah when it was all over, 'I regret to inform you
+that we must part. Polistarchia is a Republic, and of course in a
+republic kings and queens are not permitted to exist. Partings are
+painful things. And you had better go at once.'
+
+He was plainly very much upset.
+
+'This is very sudden,' said Philip.
+
+And Lucy said, 'I do think it's silly. How shall we get home? All in a
+hurry, like this?'
+
+'How did you get here?'
+
+'By building a house and getting into it.'
+
+'Then build your own house. Oh, we have models of all the houses you
+were ever in. The pieces are all numbered. You only have to put them
+together.'
+
+He led them to a large room behind the hall of Public Amusements and
+took down from a shelf a stout box labelled 'The Grange.' On another box
+Philip saw 'Laburnum Cottage.'
+
+Mr. Noah, kneeling on his yellow mat, tumbled the contents of the box
+out on the floor, and Philip and Lucy set to work to build a house with
+the exquisitely finished little blocks and stones and beams and windows
+and chimneys.
+
+'I cannot bear to see you go,' said Mr. Noah. 'Good-bye, good-bye.
+Remember me sometimes!'
+
+'We shall never forget you,' said the children, jumping up hugging him.
+
+'Good-bye!' said the parrot who had followed them in.
+
+'Good-bye, good-bye!' said everybody.
+
+'I wish the _Lightning Loose_ was not lost,' Philip even at this parting
+moment remembered to say.
+
+'She isn't,' said Mr. Noah. 'She flew back to the island directly you
+left her. Sails are called wings, are they not? White wings that never
+grow weary, you know. Relieved of your weight, the faithful yacht flew
+home like any pigeon.'
+
+'Hooray!' said Philip. 'I couldn't bear to think of her rotting away in
+a cavern.'
+
+'I wish Max and Brenda had come to say good-bye,' said Lucy.
+
+'It is not needed,' said Mr. Noah mysteriously. And then everybody said
+good-bye again, and Mr. Noah rolled up his yellow mat, put it under his
+arm again, and went--for ever.
+
+The children built the Grange, and when the beautiful little model of
+that house was there before them, perfect, they stood still a moment,
+looking at it.
+
+'I wish we could be two people each,' said Lucy, 'and one of each of us
+go home and one of each of us stay here. Oh!' she cried suddenly, and
+snatched at Philip's arm. For a slight strange giddiness had suddenly
+caught her. Philip too swayed a little uncertainly and stood a moment
+with his hand to his head. The children gazed about them bewildered and
+still a little giddy. The room was gone, the model of the Grange was
+gone. Over their heads was blue sky, under their feet was green grass,
+and in front stood the Grange itself, with its front door wide open and
+on the steps Helen and Mr. Peter Graham.
+
+That telegram had brought them home.
+
+ . . . . . . .
+
+You will wonder how Lucy explained where she had been when she was lost.
+She never did explain. There are some things, as you know, that cannot
+be explained. But the curious thing is that no one ever asked for an
+explanation. The grown-ups must have thought they knew all about it,
+which, of course, was very far from being the truth.
+
+When the four people on the doorstep of the Grange had finished saying
+how glad they were to see each other--that day on the steps when Philip
+and Lucy came back from Polistarchia, Helen and Mr. Peter Graham came
+back from Belgium--Helen said:
+
+'And we've brought you each the loveliest present. Fetch them, Peter,
+there's a dear.'
+
+Mr. Peter Graham went to the stable-yard and came back followed by two
+long tan dachshunds, who rushed up to the children frisking and fawning
+in a way they well knew.
+
+'Why Max! why Brenda!' cried Philip. 'Oh, Helen! are they for us?'
+
+'Yes, dear, of course they are,' said Helen; 'but how did you know their
+names?'
+
+That was one of the things which Philip could not tell, then.
+
+But he told Helen the whole story later, and she said it was wonderful,
+and how clever of him to make all that up, and that when he was a man he
+would be able to be an author and to write books.
+
+'And do you know,' she said, 'I _did_ dream about the island--quite a
+long dream, only when I woke up I could only remember that I'd been
+there and seen you. But no doubt I dreamed about Mr. Noah and all the
+rest of it as well, only I forgot it.'
+
+ . . . . . . .
+
+And Max and Brenda of course loved every one. Their characters were
+quite unchanged. Only the children had forgotten the language of
+animals, so that conversation between them and the dogs was for ever
+impossible. But Max and Brenda understand every word you say--any one
+can see that.
+
+ . . . . . . .
+
+You want to know what became of the redheaded, steely-eyed nurse, the
+Pretenderette, who made so much mischief and trouble? Well, I suppose
+she is still living with the Halma folk, teaching the Great Sloth to
+like his work and learning to be fond of people--which is the only way
+to be happy. At any rate no one that I know of has ever seen her again
+anywhere else.
+
+
+THE END
+
+
+
+
+Macmillan & Co.'s New Books for the Young
+
+
+
+=Rewards and Fairies.= By RUDYARD KIPLING. With Illustrations by FRANK
+CRAIG.
+
+ _Uniform Edition._ Red cloth, gilt top. Extra
+ Crown 8vo. 6s.
+
+ _Pocket Edition._ Printed on thin paper. Scarlet
+ leather, with gilt edges and special cover design.
+ Fcap. 8vo. 5s. net.
+
+ _Edition de Luxe._ 8vo. 10s. 6d. net.
+
+=Green Willow and other Japanese Fairy Tales.= By GRACE JAMES. With 40
+Illustrations in Colour by WARWICK GOBLE.
+
+ _Ordinary Edition._ Crown 4to. 15s. net.
+
+ _Edition de Luxe._ Demy 4to. 42s. net.
+
+=The Water Babies.= By CHARLES KINGSLEY. With 16 Illustrations in Colour
+by WARWICK GOBLE. 8vo. 5s. net.
+
+ A smaller edition, issued at a popular price, of
+ Charles Kingsley's famous work, so charmingly
+ illustrated and interpreted by Mr. Warwick Goble's
+ drawings. The large edition was one of the most
+ successful of the illustrated works published in
+ the Autumn of 1909, and went rapidly out of print.
+
+
+MACMILLAN AND CO., LTD., LONDON.
+
+
+
+
+Macmillan & Co.'s New Books for the Young
+
+
+=Three Tales of Hans Andersen. The Dauntless Tin Soldier, Thumbelisa,
+The Little Mermaid.= With 22 Illustrations by LINLEY SAMBOURNE. Fcap.
+4to.
+
+=I Wonder: Essays for the Young People.= By STEPHEN PAGET, Author of
+_Confessio Medici_, etc. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d. net.
+
+=Hearts and Coronets.= By ALICE WILSON FOX. Extra Crown 8vo. 6s.
+
+=The Story of a Year.= By MRS. MOLESWORTH. With Illustrations by
+GERTRUDE DEMAIN HAMMOND. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d.
+
+=The Hunting of the Snark. An Agony, in Eight Fits.= By LEWIS CARROLL.
+With Illustrations by H. HOLIDAY. Miniature Edition. Pott 8vo. 1s. net.
+
+MACMILLAN AND CO., LTD., LONDON.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Transcriber's Notes:
+
+Obvious punctuation errors repaired.
+
+The ~ symbol in the text form is used to indicate a much smaller type in
+the original for a much smaller voice.
+
+Page 80, "delightfull" was changed to "delightful". (that delightful
+chess-table)
+
+Page 265, "cocoanut" changed to "cocoa-nut" to conform to the rest of
+text. (cocoa-nut-ice plants)
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Magic City, by Edith Nesbit
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MAGIC CITY ***
+
+***** This file should be named 20606.txt or 20606.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/2/0/6/0/20606/
+
+Produced by Malcolm Farmer and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.